ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

B ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC

E
CONTENTS
INDEX FOR DTC ........................................................ 8 Description .............................................................. 44 F
DTC No. Index ......................................................... 8 Component Inspection ............................................ 45
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 13 NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 18 NATS) ........................................................................ 46 G
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System Description .............................................................. 46
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 47
SIONER” ................................................................ 18 Introduction ............................................................. 47
H
Precautions for Battery Service .............................. 18 Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 47
Precautions for Procedures without Cowl Top Cover... 18 Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 48
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 62
A/T .......................................................................... 18 OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 65 I
Precaution .............................................................. 19 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................... 71
PREPARATION ......................................................... 22 Basic Inspection ..................................................... 71
Special Service Tools ............................................. 22 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................... 76 J
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 23 Procedure After Replacing ECM ............................ 76
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 24 VIN Registration ..................................................... 76
System Diagram ..................................................... 24 Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning .................. 76
K
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 25 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...... 77
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................... 27 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ................. 77
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 77
Speed) .................................................................... 28 Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 79 L
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ..................... 29 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 81
Input/Output Signal Chart ....................................... 29 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 81
System Description ................................................ 29 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 87 M
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 30 Fail-safe Chart ........................................................ 89
System Description ................................................ 30 Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 90
Component Description .......................................... 31 Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 94
CAN COMMUNICATION .......................................... 32 Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 100
System Description ................................................ 32 Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 101
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 33 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 103
Description ............................................................. 33 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 103
Component Inspection ........................................... 36 CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ......................... 116
Removal and Installation ........................................ 37 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 125
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ....................... 37 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor .... 127
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 132
(ORVR) ...................................................................... 39 Description ............................................................ 132
System Description ................................................ 39 Testing Condition .................................................. 132
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 40 Inspection Procedure ............................................ 132
Component Inspection ........................................... 42 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 133
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ................. 44 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-

Revision: 2006 November EC-1 2007 350Z

DENT ....................................................................... 141 Component Description ........................................ 183
Description ............................................................ 141 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 141 Mode ..................................................................... 183
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ........... 142 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 183
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 142 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 183
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 145 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 184
Ground Inspection ................................................ 150 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 188
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 151 Component Inspection .......................................... 189
Description ............................................................ 151 Removal and Installation ....................................... 189
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 151 DTC P0078 P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 151 RETARDER ............................................................. 190
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 152 Component Description ........................................ 190
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 153 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ..................... 154 Mode ..................................................................... 190
Description ............................................................ 154 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 190
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 154 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 190
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 154 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 191
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 155 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 195
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL ........................ 156 Component Inspection .......................................... 196
Description ............................................................ 156 Removal and Installation ....................................... 196
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR ........................ 197
Mode ..................................................................... 156 Component Description ........................................ 197
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 157 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 157 Mode ..................................................................... 197
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 158 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 197
Component Inspection .......................................... 159 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 198
Removal and Installation ...................................... 159 Overall Function Check ......................................... 198
DTC P0014 P0024 EVT CONTROL ........................ 160 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 200
Description ............................................................ 160 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 203
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Inspection .......................................... 206
Mode ..................................................................... 160 Removal and Installation ....................................... 207
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 161 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR.208
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 161 Component Description ........................................ 208
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 162 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Inspection .......................................... 164 Mode ..................................................................... 208
Removal and Installation ...................................... 164 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 208
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 209
HEATER .................................................................. 165 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 210
Description ............................................................ 165 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 213
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Inspection .......................................... 216
Mode ..................................................................... 165 Removal and Installation ....................................... 217
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 165 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 218
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 165 Component Description ........................................ 218
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 166 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 218
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 170 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 218
Component Inspection .......................................... 172 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 219
Removal and Installation ...................................... 172 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 220
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER. 173 Component Inspection .......................................... 222
Description ............................................................ 173 Removal and Installation ....................................... 222
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 223
Mode ..................................................................... 173 Component Description ........................................ 223
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 173 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 223
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 174 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 224
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 175 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 225
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 179 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 226
Component Inspection .......................................... 181 Component Inspection .......................................... 228
Removal and Installation ...................................... 182 Removal and Installation ....................................... 228
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR ... 229
VALVE ..................................................................... 183 Component Description ........................................ 229

Revision: 2006 November EC-2 2007 350Z

 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 275
Mode .................................................................... 229 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 275 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 229 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 276
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 230 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 277
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 231 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 281 EC
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 235 Removal and Installation ...................................... 286
Component Inspection ......................................... 237 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ..................................... 287
Removal and Installation ...................................... 238 Component Description ........................................ 287
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ..................................... 239 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor C
Component Description ........................................ 239 Mode ..................................................................... 287
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 239 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 287
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 240 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 288 D
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 241 Overall Function Check ........................................ 288
Component Inspection ......................................... 242 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 289
Removal and Installation ...................................... 242 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 293 E
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ....................................... 243 Component Inspection .......................................... 296
Component Description ........................................ 243 Removal and Installation ...................................... 297
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 243 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ..................................... 298
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 243 Component Description ........................................ 298 F
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 244 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Inspection ......................................... 245 Mode ..................................................................... 298
Removal and Installation ...................................... 245 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 298 G
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................ 246 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 299
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 246 Overall Function Check ........................................ 300
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 246 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 301 H
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 246 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 305
Component Inspection ......................................... 247 Component Inspection .......................................... 311
Removal and Installation ...................................... 247 Removal and Installation ...................................... 312
I
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 248 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ..................................... 313
Component Description ........................................ 248 Component Description ........................................ 313
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode .................................................................... 248 Mode ..................................................................... 313 J
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 248 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 313
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 248 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 314
Overall Function Check ........................................ 249 Overall Function Check ........................................ 314 K
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 250 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 315
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 254 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 319
Removal and Installation ...................................... 256 Component Inspection .......................................... 322 L
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 257 Removal and Installation ...................................... 323
Component Description ........................................ 257 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor FUNCTION .............................................................. 324
Mode .................................................................... 257 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 324 M
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 257 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 324
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 258 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 326
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 259 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 330
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 263 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
Removal and Installation ...................................... 265 FUNCTION .............................................................. 334
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 266 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 334
Component Description ........................................ 266 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 334
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 336
Mode .................................................................... 266 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 340
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 266 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ...................................... 344
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 267 Component Description ........................................ 344
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 268 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 344
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 272 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 344
Removal and Installation ...................................... 274 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 345
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 275 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 346
Component Description ........................................ 275 Component Inspection .......................................... 347
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Removal and Installation ...................................... 347

Revision: 2006 November EC-3 2007 350Z

DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .......................... 348 Mode ..................................................................... 394
Component Description ........................................ 348 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 394
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 348 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 396
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 348 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 397
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 349 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 400
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 350 Component Inspection .......................................... 405
Component Inspection .......................................... 351 Removal and Installation ....................................... 405
Removal and Installation ...................................... 351 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNC-
DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR ..................................... 352 TION ........................................................................ 406
Component Description ........................................ 352 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 406
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 352 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 406
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 353 Overall Function Check ......................................... 407
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 354 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 407
Component Inspection .......................................... 355 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 411
Removal and Installation ...................................... 355 System Description ............................................... 411
DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ......................... 356 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 411
Component Description ........................................ 356 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 411
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 356 Overall Function Check ......................................... 412
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 356 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 413
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 357 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 416
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 358 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 416
Component Inspection .......................................... 360 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 417
Removal and Installation ...................................... 360 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 418
DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR ... 361 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
Component Description ........................................ 361 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................... 423
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Description ............................................................ 423
Mode ..................................................................... 361 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 361 Mode ..................................................................... 423
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 362 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 424
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 363 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 424
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 367 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 425
Component Inspection .......................................... 369 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 427
Removal and Installation ...................................... 370 Component Inspection .......................................... 430
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- Removal and Installation ....................................... 430
FIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE ..................... 371 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 371 UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 431
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 372 Description ............................................................ 431
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 372 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS ................... 379 Mode ..................................................................... 431
Component Description ........................................ 379 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 432
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 379 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 432
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 379 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 433
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 380 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 435
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 383 Component Inspection .......................................... 436
Component Inspection .......................................... 385 Removal and Installation ....................................... 436
Removal and Installation ...................................... 385 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 386 VALVE ...................................................................... 437
Component Description ........................................ 386 Component Description ........................................ 437
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 386 Mode ..................................................................... 437
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 386 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 437
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 387 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 438
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 388 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 439
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 390 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 440
Component Inspection .......................................... 393 Component Inspection .......................................... 442
Removal and Installation ...................................... 393 DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ......... 394 VALVE ...................................................................... 444
Component Description ........................................ 394 Component Description ........................................ 444
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor

Revision: 2006 November EC-4 2007 350Z

 Mode .................................................................... 444 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 494
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 444 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 494 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 445 Removal and Installation ...................................... 495
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 446 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 496
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 447 Description ............................................................ 496 EC
Component Inspection ......................................... 449 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 496
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 496
SENSOR ................................................................. 450 Overall Function Check ........................................ 497
Component Description ........................................ 450 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 497 C
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 498
Mode .................................................................... 450 Description ............................................................ 498
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 450 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 498 D
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 451 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 498
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 452 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 498
Component Inspection ......................................... 455 DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 500 E
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE Description ............................................................ 500
SENSOR ................................................................. 456 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 500
Component Description ........................................ 456 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 500
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 500 F
Mode .................................................................... 456 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ..................................... 502
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 456 Component Description ........................................ 502
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 457 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor G
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 458 Mode ..................................................................... 502
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 460 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 502
Component Inspection ......................................... 464 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 502 H
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 503
SENSOR ................................................................. 465 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 505
Component Description ........................................ 465 Component Inspection .......................................... 507
I
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Removal and Installation ...................................... 507
Mode .................................................................... 465 DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ....................... 508
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 466 Component Description ........................................ 508
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 466 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 508 J
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 467 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 508
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 469 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 509
Component Inspection ......................................... 474 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 510 K
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 475 DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 512
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 475 Component Description ........................................ 512
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 476 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 512 L
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 477 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 512
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 482 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 513
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 482 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 514
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 483 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 514 M
Overall Function Check ........................................ 483 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 514
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 484 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 515
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 490 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 517
Component Description ........................................ 490 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 520
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 490 Component Description ........................................ 520
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 490 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 490 Mode ..................................................................... 520
Removal and Installation ...................................... 491 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 520
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 492 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 520
Component Description ........................................ 492 Overall Function Check ........................................ 520
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 492 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 522
Overall Function Check ........................................ 492 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 525
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 493 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SEN-
Removal and Installation ...................................... 493 SOR ......................................................................... 528
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 494 Component Description ........................................ 528
Component Description ........................................ 494 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 494 Mode ..................................................................... 528

Revision: 2006 November EC-5 2007 350Z

 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 528 Component Description ........................................ 580
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 529 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 580
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 530 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 580
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 534 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 581
Component Inspection .......................................... 539 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR ............................ 582
Removal and Installation ...................................... 539 Component Description ........................................ 582
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL .... 540 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 540 Mode ..................................................................... 582
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .......................... 541 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 582
Description ............................................................ 541 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 583
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 541 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 584
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 541 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 588
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 541 Component Inspection .......................................... 590
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 542 Removal and Installation ....................................... 591
Description ............................................................ 542 DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 542 MOTOR RELAY ....................................................... 592
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 542 Component Description ........................................ 592
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 542 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 543 Mode ..................................................................... 592
Description ............................................................ 543 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 592
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 592
Mode ..................................................................... 544 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 594
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 544 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 597
Overall Function Check ........................................ 545 DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL .................... 600
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 547 Description ............................................................ 600
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 549 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 600
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 555 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 600
Component Inspection .......................................... 556 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 600
DTC P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR ............................ 557 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................ 602
Component Description ........................................ 557 Component Description ........................................ 602
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 557 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 557 Mode ..................................................................... 602
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 558 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 602
Removal and Installation ...................................... 558 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 603
DTC P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR ............................ 559 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 604
Component Description ........................................ 559 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 606
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 559 Component Inspection .......................................... 609
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 559 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 610
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 560 Component Description ........................................ 610
Removal and Installation ...................................... 560 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- Mode ..................................................................... 610
TROL FUNCTION ................................................... 561 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 610
Description ............................................................ 561 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 611
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 561 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 612
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 561 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 615
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 562 Component Inspection .......................................... 624
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 566 DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 625
Component Inspection .......................................... 570 Component Description ........................................ 625
Removal and Installation ...................................... 570 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 625
DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. 571 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 625
Component Description ........................................ 571 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 626
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 571 DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 571 REVOLUTION SENSOR) ........................................ 627
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 572 Description ............................................................ 627
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 576 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Inspection .......................................... 579 Mode ..................................................................... 627
Removal and Installation ...................................... 579 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 627
DTC P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 627
TROL ACTUATOR .................................................. 580 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 628

Revision: 2006 November EC-6 2007 350Z

 Description ........................................................... 628 ASCD INDICATOR .................................................. 681
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Description ........................................ 681 A
Mode .................................................................... 628 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 628 Mode ..................................................................... 681
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 628 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 682 EC
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 629 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 683
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 630 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 684
Component Inspection ......................................... 632 Description ............................................................ 684
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................ 633 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor C
Component Description ........................................ 633 Mode ..................................................................... 684
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 684
Mode .................................................................... 633 FUEL INJECTOR .................................................... 686 D
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 633 Component Description ........................................ 686
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 634 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 635 Mode ..................................................................... 686 E
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 637 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 687
Component Inspection ......................................... 640 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 688
Removal and Installation ...................................... 640 Component Inspection .......................................... 690
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................ 641 Removal and Installation ...................................... 690 F
Component Description ........................................ 641 FUEL PUMP ............................................................ 691
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Description ............................................................ 691
Mode .................................................................... 641 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor G
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 641 Mode ..................................................................... 691
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 642 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 692
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 643 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 693 H
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 645 Component Inspection .......................................... 697
Component Inspection ......................................... 648 Removal and Installation ...................................... 697
Removal and Installation ...................................... 649 IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 698
I
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ..................................... 650 Component Description ........................................ 698
Component Description ........................................ 650 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 699
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 704
Mode .................................................................... 650 Component Inspection .......................................... 708 J
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 650 Removal and Installation ...................................... 709
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 651 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................. 710
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 652 Component Description ........................................ 710 K
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 654 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 711
Component Inspection ......................................... 658 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 712
Removal and Installation ...................................... 658 Removal and Installation ...................................... 715 L
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................... 659 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ...................... 716
Component Description ........................................ 659 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 716
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 718
Mode .................................................................... 659 Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 718 M
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 659 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 718
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 660 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 718
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 661 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 718
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 665 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 718
Removal and Installation ...................................... 670 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 718
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ......................................... 671 Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater .................... 718
Component Description ........................................ 671 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .......................... 718
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 718
Mode .................................................................... 671 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .................... 718
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 672 Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 719
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 675 Fuel Injector .......................................................... 719
Component Inspection ......................................... 680 Fuel Pump ............................................................ 719

Revision: 2006 November EC-7 2007 350Z

 INDEX FOR DTC

INDEX FOR DTC PFP:00024

DTC No. Index NBS00027

NOTE:
● If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-151

U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-151

U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) EC-154
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-156
P0014 0014 EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-160
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 EC-156
P0024 0024 EXH/V TIM CONT-B2 EC-160
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-165
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-165
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-173
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-173
P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-165
P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-165
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-173
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-173
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-183
P0078 0078 EX V/T MGT/RTDR-B1 EC-190
P0081 0081 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 EC-183
P0084 0084 EX V/T MGT/RTDR-B2 EC-190
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-197
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-208
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-208
P010B 010B MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 EC-197
P010C 010C MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 EC-208
P010D 010D MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 EC-208
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-218
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-218
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-223
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-223
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 EC-229
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 EC-229
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR EC-239
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 EC-243

Revision: 2006 November EC-8 2007 350Z

 INDEX FOR DTC

DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-III Reference page
3 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*
GST*2
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN EC-246 EC
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-248
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-257
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-266 C
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-275
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) EC-287
D
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-298
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-313
P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-248 E
P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-257
P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-266
F
P0153 0153 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-275
P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) EC-287
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) EC-298 G
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) EC-313
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-324
H
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-334
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 EC-324
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 EC-334 I
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR EC-344
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-348
P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-348 J
P0196 0196 EOT SENSOR EC-352
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC EC-348
K
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC EC-348
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 EC-361
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 EC-361 L
P0227 0227 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 EC-229
P0228 0228 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 EC-229
M
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-371
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-371
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-371
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE EC-371
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE EC-371
P0305 0305 CYL 5 MISFIRE EC-371
P0306 0306 CYL 6 MISFIRE EC-371
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-379
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-379
P0332 0332 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-379
P0333 0333 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-379
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-386
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-394

Revision: 2006 November EC-9 2007 350Z

 INDEX FOR DTC

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
3 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*
GST*
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-394
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-406
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 EC-406
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON EC-411
P0442 0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK EC-416
P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-423
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-431
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-431
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-437
P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-444
P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-450
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-456
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-465
P0455 0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK EC-475
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK EC-482
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH EC-490
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR EC-492
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-494
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-494
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-496
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM EC-498
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM EC-500
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC EC-502
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-508
P0605 0605 ECM EC-512
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-514
P0700 0700 TCM AT-101
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-102
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-134
P0717 0717 TURBINE SENSOR AT-113
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT AT-108
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-115
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-117
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-119
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-121
P0735 0735 A/T 5TH GR FNCTN AT-123
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-125
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-127
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-129
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-520
P1078 1078 EXH TIM SEN/CIR-B1 EC-528
P1084 1084 EXH TIM SEN/CIR-B2 EC-528

Revision: 2006 November EC-10 2007 350Z

 INDEX FOR DTC

DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-III Reference page
3 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*
GST*2
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 EC-540 EC
P1168 1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 EC-540
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN EC-541
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-542 C
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-543
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 EC-557
D
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 EC-559
P1233 1233 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B2 EC-561
P1234 1234 CTP LEARNING-B2 EC-557 E
P1235 1235 CTP LEARNING-B2 EC-559
P1236 1236 ETC MOT-B2 EC-571
F
P1238 1238 ETC ACTR-B2 EC-580
P1239 1239 TP SENSOR-B2 EC-582
P1290 1290 ETC MOT PWR-B2 EC-592 G
P1421 1421 COLD START CONTROL EC-600
P1564 1564 ASCD SW EC-602
H
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW EC-610
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN EC-625
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION EC-46 I
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED EC-627
P1730 1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-141
P1752 1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-145 J
P1757 1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-147
P1762 1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-149
K
P1767 1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-151
P1772 1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-153
P1774 1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-155 L
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-628
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 EC-592
M
P2101 2101 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 EC-561
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR EC-592
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 EC-571
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 EC-580
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-633
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-633
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-641
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-641
P2132 2132 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 EC-361
P2133 2133 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 EC-361
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 EC-582
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-650

Revision: 2006 November EC-11 2007 350Z

 INDEX FOR DTC

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
3 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*
GST*
P2A00 2A00 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-659
P2A03 2A03 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-659
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.

Revision: 2006 November EC-12 2007 350Z

 INDEX FOR DTC

Alphabetical Index NBS00028

A
NOTE:
● If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the diagnosis for DTC U1010. EC
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .

DTC*1 C
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 EC-165 D
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 EC-165
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0051 0051 EC-165
E
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0052 0052 EC-165
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 EC-248
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 EC-257 F
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 EC-266
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 EC-275
G
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 EC-659
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0150 0150 EC-248
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0151 0151 EC-257 H
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0152 0152 EC-266
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0153 0153 EC-275
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P2A03 2A03 EC-659
I
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 AT-115
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 AT-117 J
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 AT-119
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 AT-121
A/T 5TH GR FNCTN P0735 0735 AT-123 K
A/T INTERLOCK P1730 1730 AT-141
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 AT-127
L
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 EC-633
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 EC-633
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 EC-641 M
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 EC-641
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 EC-650
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 EC-610
ASCD SW P1564 1564 EC-602
ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 EC-625
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 AT-134
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-628
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4 EC-151

CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 EC-151

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-386
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 EC-540
CLOSED LOOP-B2 P1168 1168 EC-540
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 EC-394

Revision: 2006 November EC-13 2007 350Z

 INDEX FOR DTC

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 P0345 0345 EC-394
COLD START CONTROL P1421 1421 EC-600
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 EC-154
CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 EC-557
CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 EC-559
CTP LEARNING-B2 P1234 1234 EC-557
CTP LEARNING-B2 P1235 1235 EC-559
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 EC-371
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 EC-371
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 EC-371
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 EC-371
CYL 5 MISFIRE P0305 0305 EC-371
CYL 6 MISFIRE P0306 0306 EC-371
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 1762 AT-149
ECM P0605 0605 EC-512
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 EC-508
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 EC-223
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 EC-223
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 EC-239
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-543
EOT SEN/CIRC P0197 0197 EC-223
EOT SEN/CIRC P0198 0198 EC-223
EOT SENSOR P0196 0196 EC-352
ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 EC-580
ETC ACTR-B2 P1238 1238 EC-580
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 EC-561
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B2 P1233 1233 EC-561
ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 EC-592
ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 EC-592
ETC MOT PWR-B2 P1290 1290 EC-592
ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 EC-571
ETC MOT-B2 P1236 1236 EC-571
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 EC-475
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 EC-411
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 EC-416
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 EC-450
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 EC-456
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 EC-465
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 EC-482
EX V/T MGT/RTDR-B1 P0078 0078 EC-190
EX V/T MGT/RTDR-B2 P0084 0084 EC-190
EXH TIM SEN/CIR-B1 P1078 1078 EC-528

Revision: 2006 November EC-14 2007 350Z

 INDEX FOR DTC

DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms) 3
ECM*
GST*2
EXH TIM SEN/CIR-B2 P1084 1084 EC-528 EC
EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 P0014 0014 EC-160
EXH/V TIM CONT-B2 P0024 0024 EC-160
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 1757 AT-147 C
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 EC-348
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 EC-348
D
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 EC-344
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 EC-490
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 EC-492 E
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 EC-494
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 EC-494
F
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 EC-324
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 P0174 0174 EC-324
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 EC-334 G
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 0175 EC-334
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 1767 AT-151
H
HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 EC-287
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 EC-298
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 EC-313 I
HO2S2 (B2) P0157 0157 EC-287
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 0158 EC-298
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 0159 EC-313 J
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 EC-173
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 EC-173
K
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 0057 EC-173
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 0058 EC-173
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 1752 AT-145 L
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 EC-218
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 EC-218
M
IAT SENSOR-B1 P0127 0127 EC-243
IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 EC-627
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 EC-156
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 P0021 0021 EC-156
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 EC-183
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 P0081 0081 EC-183
ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 EC-498
ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 EC-500
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 EC-379
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 EC-379
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0332 0332 EC-379
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0333 0333 EC-379
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 AT-129

Revision: 2006 November EC-15 2007 350Z

 INDEX FOR DTC

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT P1774 1774 AT-155
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 1772 AT-153
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0101 0101 EC-197
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 EC-208
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 EC-208
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 P010B 010B EC-197
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 P010C 010C EC-208
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 P010D 010D EC-208
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 EC-371
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 EC-46
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 EC-520
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 AT-102
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 EC-423
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 EC-431
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 EC-431
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 EC-502
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 EC-514
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 AT-125
TCM P0700 0700 AT-101
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 1211 EC-541
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 EC-542
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 EC-246
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 EC-361
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 EC-361
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 P2132 2132 EC-361
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 P2133 2133 EC-361
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 EC-229
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 EC-229
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 P0227 0227 EC-229
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 P0228 0228 EC-229
TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 EC-582
TP SENSOR-B2 P1239 1239 EC-582
TURBINE SENSOR P0717 0717 AT-113
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 EC-406
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 0430 EC-406
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 0720 AT-108
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 EC-496
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 EC-437
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 EC-444
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.

Revision: 2006 November EC-16 2007 350Z

 INDEX FOR DTC

*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.

*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. A
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.

EC

Revision: 2006 November EC-17 2007 350Z

 PRECAUTIONS

PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001

Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” NBS00029

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Precautions for Battery Service NBS0002A

Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-
ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the
window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic
window function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Precautions for Procedures without Cowl Top Cover NBS006TI

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T NBS0002B

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-76, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.

Revision: 2006 November EC-18 2007 350Z

 PRECAUTIONS

● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, A
etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. EC
Precaution NBS0002C

● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

C
● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
D
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery
ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned OFF. E
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
F

● Do not disassemble ECM.

● If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to G
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc- H
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
● If the battery is disconnected, the following emission
related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. I
– Diagnostic trouble codes
PBIB3532E
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
J
– Freeze frame data
– 1st freeze frame data
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
K
– Test values
● When connecting ECM harness connector (A), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the fig- L
ure.
1 : ECM
C : Loosen M

PBIB3528E

● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.

PBIB0090E

Revision: 2006 November EC-19 2007 350Z

 PRECAUTIONS

● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent
engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs,
etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
● Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-103, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value"
.
● Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
● Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
● Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
● Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents. MEF040D
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

SEF217U

● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never

allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
● Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.

SEF348N

Revision: 2006 November EC-20 2007 350Z

 PRECAUTIONS

● B1 indicates the bank 1, B2 indicates the bank 2 as shown

in the figure. A

EC

SEC893C

D
● Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
1 : Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
E
2 : Fuel pressure regulator
3 : Fuel tank temperature sensor
● Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. F

G
PBIB2707E

● Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. H

● Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily.
I
● Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

K
SEF709Y

● When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure

L
to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
– Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units. M
– Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
– Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
– Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.

Revision: 2006 November EC-21 2007 350Z

 PREPARATION

PREPARATION PFP:00002

Special Service Tools NBS0002E

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name

KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor

(J-36471-A) with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
Heated oxygen
sensor wrench

S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor

(J-38365) a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
Heated oxygen
sensor wrench

S-NT636

(J-44626) Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor

Air fuel ratio (A/F) 1
sensor wrench

LEM054

(J-44321) Checking fuel pressure

Fuel pressure gauge
kit

LEC642

Revision: 2006 November EC-22 2007 350Z

 PREPARATION

Commercial Service Tools NBS0002F

A
Tool name
Description
(Kent-Moore No.)

Leak detector Locating the EVAP leak EC

i.e.: (J-41416)

S-NT703
D
EVAP service port Applying positive pressure through EVAP service
adapter port
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)
E

S-NT704
F

Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (MLR-8382) pressure
G

H
S-NT815

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant

temperature sensor I

S-NT705

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads K

cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with
i.e.: (J-43897-18) anti-seize lubricant shown below.
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for
Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
L
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for
Titania Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
M
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool
i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL
specification MIL-A-
907)

S-NT779

Revision: 2006 November EC-23 2007 350Z

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710

System Diagram NBS0002H

PBIB3466E

1. ECM 2. Data link connector 3. MIL

4. Ignition switch 5. Cooling fan 6. PNP switch
Exhaust valve timing control magnet
7. A/F sensor 1 8. Heated oxygen sensor 2 9.
retarder
Exhaust valve timing control position
10. 11. PCV valve 12. Spark plug
sensor
Intake valve timing control solenoid
13. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 14. 15. Fuel injector
valve
Intake valve timing control solenoid
16. Engine coolant temperature sensor 17. Fuel injector 18.
valve
Exhaust valve timing control position
19. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 20. Spark plug 21.
sensor

Revision: 2006 November EC-24 2007 350Z

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Exhaust valve timing control magnet

22. 23. A/F sensor 1 24. Heated oxygen sensor 2
retarder A
25. Knock sensor 26. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 27. Engine oil temperature sensor
28. Knock sensor 29. Three way catalyst 1 30. Three way catalyst 2
31. Three way catalyst 1 32. Three way catalyst 2 33. Muffler EC
EVAP control system pressure sen-
34. EVAP canister vent control valve 35. 36. EVAP service port
sor
EVAP canister purge volume con- C
37. 38. EVAP canister 39. Fuel camper
trol solenoid valve
40. Fuel pump 41. Fuel pressure regulator 42. Fuel level sensor
43. Fuel tank temperature sensor 44. Fuel tank 45. Accelerator pedal position sensor
D
Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
46. Electric throttle control actuator 47. Throttle position sensor 48.
temperature sensor)
49. Air cleaner 50. Electric throttle control actuator 51. Throttle position sensor
E
Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
52. 53. Air cleaner
temperature sensor)

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System NBS0002I F

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) G
Engine speed*3
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

H
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position I
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position & mixture ratio Fuel injector
control J
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage*3
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation K
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*2 L

Wheel sensor 2
Vehicle speed*
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. M
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
● When starting the engine
● During acceleration
● Hot-engine operation
Revision: 2006 November EC-25 2007 350Z
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

● When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)

● High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
● During deceleration
● During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

PBIB3020E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst 1 can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air fuel
ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-257, "DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1" . This maintains the mixture ratio
within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst 1. Even if the switching characteris-
tics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from
heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● Deceleration and acceleration
● High-load, high-speed operation
● Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit
● Insufficient activation of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● High engine coolant temperature
● During warm-up
● After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
● When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.

Revision: 2006 November EC-26 2007 350Z

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, A
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
EC

SEF179U E
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used F
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System G
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. H

FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- I
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System NBS0002J

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART J

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2 K
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature L
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition timing
Power transistor
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control
M
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1-2-3-4-5-6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
● At starting

Revision: 2006 November EC-27 2007 350Z

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

● During warm-up
● At idle
● At low battery voltage
● During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) NBS0002K

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Fuel cut con-
Fuel injector
trol
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-25, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-28 2007 350Z

 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL PFP:23710

A
Input/Output Signal Chart NBS0002L

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Air conditioner switch 1 EC
Air conditioner ON signal*
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2
Air conditioner
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner relay
cut control D
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
E
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
Battery Battery voltage*2
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. F
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION G
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. H
● When cranking the engine.
● At high engine speeds.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. I
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
● When engine speed is excessively low.
J
● When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
System Description NBS006TJ

This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. K
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● When cranking the engine. L
● At high engine speeds.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
M
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
● When engine speed is excessively low.
● When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

Revision: 2006 November EC-29 2007 350Z

 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) PFP:18930

System Description NBS0002M

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models) Clutch pedal operation
Electric throttle control
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation ASCD vehicle speed control
actuator
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Wheel sensor. Vehicle speed*
TCM (A/T models) Powertrain revolution*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until
the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
● CANCEL switch is pressed
● More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
● Brake pedal is depressed
● Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)
● Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position (A/T models)
● Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
● VDC/TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
● Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
● Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.

Revision: 2006 November EC-30 2007 350Z

 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)

COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the A
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
EC
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch
is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
● Brake pedal is released C
● Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
● A/T selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models)
D
● Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Component Description NBS0002N

ASCD STEERING SWITCH E

Refer to EC-602
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
F
Refer to EC-610 and EC-671 .
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-610 and EC-671 . G
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-610 , EC-628 and EC-671 .
H
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EC-561 , EC-571 , EC-580 and EC-592 .
ASCD INDICATOR I
Refer to EC-681 .
J

Revision: 2006 November EC-31 2007 350Z

 CAN COMMUNICATION

CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710

System Description NBS0002O

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-48, "CAN System Specification Chart" , about CAN communication for detail.

Revision: 2006 November EC-32 2007 350Z

 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950

A
Description NBS0002P

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC

G
PBIB1631E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. H
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the I
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and J
idling.

Revision: 2006 November EC-33 2007 350Z

 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

PBIB3529E

1. Intake manifold collector 2. EVAP canister purge volume con- 3. EVAP service port
trol solenoid valve
: From next page

Revision: 2006 November EC-34 2007 350Z

 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

EC

PBIB1066E

Revision: 2006 November EC-35 2007 350Z

 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

Component Inspection NBS0002Q

EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B .
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C .
3. Release blocked port B .
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports A and C .
5. Block port A and B .
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.

PBIB1044E

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.

SEF445Y

2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22
- 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 ,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incor-
rect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. SEF943S

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-436 .
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-347 .
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-442 .
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-455 .

Revision: 2006 November EC-36 2007 350Z

 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

EVAP SERVICE PORT

Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP A
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
EC

SEF462UA
D

Removal and Installation NBS0002R

EVAP CANISTER E
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.

K
PBIB1029E

EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

1. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise. L
2. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
M

PBIB1030E

How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage NBS0002S

CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
● Do not start engine.
● Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.

Revision: 2006 November EC-37 2007 350Z

 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT MODE” with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen.
6. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar
graph.
7. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-34, "EVAPO-
RATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .

SEF200U

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.

SEF462UA

3. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister vent control valve to make a closed EVAP
system.

PBIB1086E

4. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to
2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
5. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
6. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-38 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)

ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) PFP:00032

A
System Description NBS0002T

EC

PBIB1068E
G
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere. H
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
I
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
● Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
J
● Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
● Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION: K
● Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
– Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
– Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-79, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . L
– Disconnect battery ground cable.
● Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
● Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed. M
● Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
● After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.

Revision: 2006 November EC-39 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0002U

SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.

1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER

Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 5.

PBIB1031E

3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER

Replace EVAP canister with a new one.

>> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.

>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.

5. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

Refer to EC-42, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.

Revision: 2006 November EC-40 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)

SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING. A
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor EC
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. C
The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. D
NG >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER E

Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. F
No >> GO TO 5.

H
PBIB1031E

3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER I

Replace EVAP canister with a new one.

J
>> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.

L
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.

5. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES

M
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for clogging, kink, loose-
ness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.

6. CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE

Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace filler neck tube.

Revision: 2006 November EC-41 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)

7. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

Refer to EC-42, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.

8. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE

Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube.

9. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I

Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.

10. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II

1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.

SEF665U

Component Inspection NBS0002V

REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "FUEL TANK" .
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
a. Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
b. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
c. Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
a. Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
b. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
c. Put fuel tank upside down.

Revision: 2006 November EC-42 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)

d. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. A

EC

PBIB1035E
G
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "FUEL TANK" .
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: H
a. Remove fuel gauge retainer.
b. Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
I
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. J
a. Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
b. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one. K
c. Put fuel tank upside down.
d. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
L
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.

PBIB1035E

Revision: 2006 November EC-43 2007 350Z

 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810

Description NBS0002W

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB3536E

1. PCV valve 2. Electric throttle control actuator 3. Mass air flow sensor
A. Normal condition B. Hi-load condition
: Fresh air
: Blow-by air

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
lating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.

PBIB1588E

Revision: 2006 November EC-44 2007 350Z

 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION

Component Inspection NBS0002X

PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE A

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is EC
placed over valve inlet.

D
PBIB1589E

PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE E

1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
F

H
S-ET277

Revision: 2006 November EC-45 2007 350Z

 NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) PFP:25386

Description NBS0002Y

● If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the ON position or “NATS MALFUNC-
TION” is displayed on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic results mode with
CONSULT-III using NATS program card. Refer to BL-150, "NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM-NATS)" .
● Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NVIS (NATS) is displayed before touching “ERASE” in
“SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
● When replacing ECM, initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) igni-
tion key IDs must be carried out with CONSULT-III using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NVIS
(NATS) initialization and all NVIS (NATS) ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-III Opera-
tion Manual, IVIS/NVIS.

Revision: 2006 November EC-46 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028

A
Introduction NBS0002Z

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of SAE J1979
C

System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of SAE J1979

1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of SAE J1979 D
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID Service $09 of SAE J1979 E

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
F
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT status SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-III × × × × × × —
G
GST × × × — × × ×
ECM × ×* — — × — —
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other. H

The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
(Refer to EC-89, "Fail-safe Chart" .) I

Two Trip Detection Logic NBS00030

When a malfunction is detected for the 1st time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the J
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd K
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable L
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip M
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing

Misfire (Possible three way cata-

lyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - × — — — — — × —
P0306 is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way cata-
lyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - — — × — — × — —
P0306 is being detected
One trip detection diagnoses
(Refer to EC-48, "EMISSION-
— × — — × — — —
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION ITEMS" .)
Except above — — — × — × × —

When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.

Revision: 2006 November EC-47 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

Emission-related Diagnostic Information NBS00031

EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

×: Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC*1 Test value/

Items MIL lighting Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Test limit Trip
(CONSULT-III screen terms) up page
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*5 — — 1 × EC-151

CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*5 — — 2 — EC-151

1 (A/T) × (A/T)
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 — — EC-154
2 (M/T) — (M/T)
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — — Flashing*7 EC-63
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — — 2 × EC-156
EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 P0014 0014 — — 2 × EC-160
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 P0021 0021 — — 2 × EC-156
EXH/V TIM CONT-B2 P0024 0024 — — 2 × EC-160
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — × 2 × EC-165
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 — × 2 × EC-165
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 — × 2 × EC-173
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 — × 2 × EC-173
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0051 0051 — × 2 × EC-165
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0052 0052 — × 2 × EC-165
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 0057 — × 2 × EC-173
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 0058 — × 2 × EC-173
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 — — 2 × EC-183
EX V/T MGT/RTDR-B1 P0078 0078 — — 2 × EC-190
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 P0081 0081 — — 2 × EC-183
EX V/T MGT/RTDR-B2 P0084 0084 — — 2 × EC-190
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0101 0101 — — 2 × EC-197
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 — — 1 × EC-208
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 — — 1 × EC-208
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 P010B 010B — — 2 × EC-197
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 P010C 010C — — 1 × EC-208
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 P010D 010D — — 1 × EC-208
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 — — 2 × EC-218
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 — — 2 × EC-218
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — — 1 × EC-223
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — — 1 × EC-223
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 — — 1 × EC-229
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 — — 1 × EC-229

Revision: 2006 November EC-48 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

DTC*1 Test value/

Items MIL lighting Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Test limit Trip
(CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 up page
ECM* (GST only)
GST*2
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 — — 2 × EC-239 EC
IAT SENSOR-B1 P0127 0127 — — 2 × EC-243
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 — — 2 × EC-246
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 — × 2 × EC-248 C
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 — × 2 × EC-257
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 — × 2 × EC-266
D
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 × × 2 × EC-275
HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 × × 2 × EC-287
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × × 2 × EC-298 E
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × × 2 × EC-313
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0150 0150 — × 2 × EC-248
F
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0151 0151 — × 2 × EC-257
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0152 0152 — × 2 × EC-266
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0153 0153 × × 2 × EC-275 G
HO2S2 (B2) P0157 0157 × × 2 × EC-287
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 0158 × × 2 × EC-298
H
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 0159 × × 2 × EC-313
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — — 2 × EC-324
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — — 2 × EC-334 I
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 P0174 0174 — — 2 × EC-324
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 0175 — — 2 × EC-334
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 — — 2 × EC-344 J
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 — — 2 × EC-348
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 — — 2 × EC-348
K
EOT SENSOR P0196 0196 — — 2 × EC-352
EOT SEN/CIRCUIT P0197 0197 — — 2 × EC-239
EOT SEN/CIRCUIT P0198 0198 — — 2 × EC-239 L
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 — — 1 × EC-361
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 — — 1 × EC-361
M
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 P0227 0227 — — 1 × EC-229
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 P0228 0228 — — 1 × EC-229
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — — 2 × EC-371
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — — 2 × EC-371
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — — 2 × EC-371
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — — 2 × EC-371
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — — 2 × EC-371
CYL 5 MISFIRE P0305 0305 — — 2 × EC-371
CYL 6 MISFIRE P0306 0306 — — 2 × EC-371
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — — 2 — EC-379
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — — 2 — EC-379
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0332 0332 — — 2 — EC-379
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0333 0333 — — 2 — EC-379

Revision: 2006 November EC-49 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

DTC*1 Test value/

Items MIL lighting Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Test limit Trip
(CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 up page
ECM* (GST only)
GST*2
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — — 2 × EC-386
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — — 2 × EC-394
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 P0345 0345 — — 2 × EC-394
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × × 2 × EC-406
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 0430 × × 2 × EC-406
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 × × 2 × EC-411
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 × × 2 × EC-416
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 — — 2 × EC-423
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — — 2 × EC-431
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — — 2 × EC-431
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 — — 2 × EC-437
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 — — 2 × EC-444
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 — — 2 × EC-450
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 — — 2 × EC-456
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 — — 2 × EC-465
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 — — 2 × EC-475
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 ×* 4 × 2 × EC-482
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 — — 2 × EC-490
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 — — 2 × EC-492
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 — — 2 × EC-494
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 — — 2 × EC-494

VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 P0500 0500 — — 2 × EC-496

ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 — — 2 × EC-498
ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 — — 2 × EC-500
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 — — 2 — EC-502
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 — — 2 × EC-508
ECM P0605 0605 — — 1 or 2 × or — EC-512
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 — — 1 × EC-514
TCM P0700 0700 — — 1 × AT-101
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 — — 2 × AT-102
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 — — 2 × AT-134
TURBINE SENSOR P0717 0717 — — 2 × AT-113

VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*6 P0720 0720 — — 2 × AT-108

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 — — 2 × AT-115
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 — — 2 × AT-117
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 — — 2 × AT-119
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 — — 2 × AT-121
A/T 5TH GR FNCTN P0735 0735 — — 2 × AT-123
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 — — 2 × AT-125
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 — — 2 × AT-127
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 — — 2 × AT-129
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 — — 2 × EC-520

Revision: 2006 November EC-50 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

DTC*1 Test value/

Items MIL lighting Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Test limit Trip
(CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 up page
ECM* (GST only)
GST*2
EXH TIM SEN/CIR-B1 P1078 1078 — — 2 × EC-528 EC
EXH TIM SEN/CIR-B2 P1084 1084 — — 2 × EC-528
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 — — 1 × EC-540
CLOSED LOOP-B2 P1168 1168 — — 1 × EC-540 C
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 1211 — — 2 — EC-541
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 — — 2 — EC-542
D
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — — 1 × EC-543
CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 — — 2 — EC-557
CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 — — 2 — EC-559 E
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B2 P1233 1233 — — 1 × EC-561
CTP LEARNING-B2 P1234 1234 — — 2 — EC-557
F
CTP LEARNING-B2 P1235 1235 — — 2 — EC-559
ETC MOT-B2 P1236 1236 — — 1 × EC-571
ETC ACTR-B2 P1238 1238 — — 1 × EC-580 G
TP SENSOR-B2 P1239 1239 — — 1 × EC-582
ETC MOT PWR-B2 P1290 1290 — — 1 × EC-592
H
COLD START CONTROL P1421 1421 — — 2 × EC-600
ASCD SW P1564 1564 — — 1 — EC-602
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — — 1 — EC-610 I
ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 — — 1 — EC-625
P1610 -
NATS MALFUNCTION 1610 - 1615 — — 2 — EC-46
P1615 J
IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 — — 2 — EC-627
A/T INTERLOCK P1730 1730 — — 1 × AT-141
K
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 1752 — — 1 × AT-145
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 1757 — — 1 × AT-147
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 1762 — — 1 × AT-149 L
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 1767 — — 1 × AT-151
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 1772 — — 1 × AT-153
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT P1774 1774 — — 1 × AT-155 M
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — — 2 — EC-628
ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 — — 1 × EC-592
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 — — 1 × EC-561
ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 — — 1 × EC-592
ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 — — 1 × EC-571
ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 — — 1 × EC-580
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — — 1 × EC-633
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — — 1 × EC-633
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — — 1 × EC-641
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — — 1 × EC-641
TP SENSOR2/CIRC-B2 P2132 2132 — — 1 × EC-361
TP SENSOR2/CIRC-B2 P2133 2133 — — 1 × EC-361
TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — — 1 × EC-582

Revision: 2006 November EC-51 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

DTC*1 Test value/

Items MIL lighting Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Test limit Trip
(CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 up page
ECM* (GST only)
GST*2
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — — 1 × EC-650
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 — × 2 × EC-659
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P2A03 2A03 — × 2 × EC-659
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*7: When the ECM is in the mode of displaying SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to EC-56, "How to Display SRT Status" .

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
results obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-61, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-48, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL
and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the
vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-82, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Confir-
mation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if
available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-III display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many
times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.

Revision: 2006 November EC-52 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. A
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base EC
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or C
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-119, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority D
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol- E
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306 F
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data G

For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated H
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze I
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- J
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE K
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com- L
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT M
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

Revision: 2006 November EC-53 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

SRT item Perfor-

Corresponding DTC
(CONSULT-III indica- mance Pri- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
No.
tion) ority*
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
1 EVAP control system P0442
EVAP SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system P0456
2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
HO2S
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-III.

SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.

When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
● The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
Revision: 2006 November EC-54 2007 350Z
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

● When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair. A
● If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out EC
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.

Revision: 2006 November EC-55 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

SRT Service Procedure

If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.

PBIB2320E

*1 EC-52 *2 EC-56 *3 EC-57

How to Display SRT Status

WITH CONSULT-III
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose
SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-III display for SRT code is shown in the figure.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set. “CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is
complete and SRT is set.
NOTE:
Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.

Revision: 2006 November EC-56 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

WITH GST
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) A
NO TOOLS
A SRT code itself can not be displayed while only SRT status can be.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds. EC
2. SRT status is indicated as shown below.
– When all SRT codes are set, MIL lights up continuously.
– When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will flash periodically for 10 seconds. C

PBIB2317E I
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
J
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on EC-53, "SRT Item" . K
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes. L

Revision: 2006 November EC-57 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

Driving Pattern

PBIB2906E

Revision: 2006 November EC-58 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

● The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc. A
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
EC
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
● Sea level
C
● Flat road
● Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. D
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1: E
● The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 71 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 71 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
● The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 106 and ground is less than 4.1V).
G
Pattern 2:
● When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con-
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. H
Pattern 3:
● Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
● Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed I
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
Pattern 4:
● The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady- J
state driving.
● If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all
over again. K
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56
MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for PBIB2244E
more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle L
speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
Set the selector lever in the D position. M
Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T Models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
For quick acceleration in low altitude
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas
areas and high altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
[over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) CRUISE shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 21 (13) 13 (8) 24 (15)
2nd to 3rd 37 (23) 26 (16) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 48 (30) 40 (25) 64 (40)
4th to 5th 60 (37) 45 (28) 72 (45)
6th 68 (42) 53 (33) 80 (50)

Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear

Revision: 2006 November EC-59 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the high-
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi-
tions to ensure sage operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear km/h (MPH)
1st 65 (40)
2nd 106 (66)
3rd 152 (95)
4th —
5th —
6th —

TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.
Test value (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test limit Conversion
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128
Three way catalyst function (Bank 1)
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1
CATALYST
P0430 03H 02H Max. 1/128
Three way catalyst function (Bank 2)
P0430 04H 82H Min. 1
EVAP control system (Small leak) P0442 05H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
EVAP
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 06H 83H Min. 20 mV
SYSTEM
EVAP control system (Very small leak) P0456 07H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2

Revision: 2006 November EC-60 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

Test value (GST display)

Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test limit Conversion A
TID CID
P0131 41H 8EH Min. 5mV
P0132 42H 0EH Max. 5mV EC
P2A00 43H 0EH Max. 0.002
P2A00 44H 8EH Min. 0.002
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1)
P0133 45H 8EH Min. 0.004 C
P0130 46H 0EH Max. 5mV
P0130 47H 8EH Min. 5mV
D
P0133 48H 8EH Min. 0.004
P0151 4CH 8FH Min. 5mV
P0152 4DH 0FH Max 5mV E
P2A03 4EH 0FH Max. 0.002
P2A03 4FH 8FH Min. 0.002
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) F
P0153 50H 8FH Min. 0.004
P0150 51H 0FH Max. 5mV
P0150 52H 8FH Min. 5mV G
P0153 53H 8FH Min. 0.004
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10mV
H
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10mV/500 ms
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) P0137 1AH 86H Min. 10 mV
P0138 1BH 06H Max. 10 mV I
P0158 24H 07H Max 10mV
P0159 21H 87H Min. 10 mV/500 ms
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) J
P0157 22H 87H Min. 10 mV
P0158 23H 07H Max. 10 mV
P0032 57H 10H Max. 5 mV
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) K
P0031 58H 90H Max. 5 mV
P0052 59H 11H Max. 5 mV
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (Bank 2)
P0051 5AH 91H Max. 5 mV L
HO2S HTR
P0038 2DH 0AH Max. 20 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1)
P0037 2EH 8AH Min. 20 mV
M
P0058 2FH 0BH Max. 20 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2)
P0057 30H 8BH Min. 20 mV

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-III
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individu-
ally from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" ), skip steps 2 through 4.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-III ON and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.

Revision: 2006 November EC-61 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
WITH GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Service $04 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform AT-38, "HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)" . (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.)
3. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
NO TOOLS
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform AT-38, "HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)" . (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.)
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal.
Refer to EC-63, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) NBS00032

DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-56, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-716, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.

SEF217U

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.

Revision: 2006 November EC-62 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function

Mode Status A
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown,
ON position open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. EC

Engine stopped
C

D
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is
WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected. E
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
● Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
F
● One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS
G

Engine stopped H

I
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as J
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction. K

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

L
MIL Flashing Without DTC
When any SRT codes are not set, MIL may flash without DTC. For the details, refer to EC-56, "How to Display
SRT Status" .
M
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
● Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.

Revision: 2006 November EC-63 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL may start blinking on the halfway of this
10 seconds. This blinking is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds. For
the details, refer to EC-56, "How to Display SRT Status" .
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.

PBIB0092E

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)

1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
Refer to EC-63, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb.
Refer to DI-56, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-716, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-

Revision: 2006 November EC-64 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code. A

EC

PBIB3005E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes as follows. The length of K
time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-
second) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second
OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other
words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. L

Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 M
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal.
Refer to EC-64, "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
● Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
OBD System Operation Chart NBS00033

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When a malfunction is detected for the 1st time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.

Revision: 2006 November EC-65 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-47, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
● The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction
occurs while counting, the counter will reset.
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-68 .
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see EC-70 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

Revision: 2006 November EC-66 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE
” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A

EC

SEF392S

*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
MIL will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the 1st time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
freeze frame data will be cleared. without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.

Revision: 2006 November EC-67 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-

TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
<Driving Pattern C>
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
● The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.(*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

Revision: 2006 November EC-68 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A

EC

SEF393SD

*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
MIL will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
will not be displayed any longer after the 1st time, the 1st trip DTC and the vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be without the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.

Revision: 2006 November EC-69 2007 350Z

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY

DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
<Driving Pattern A>

AEC574

● The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.(*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).

Revision: 2006 November EC-70 2007 350Z

 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018

A
Basic Inspection NBS00034

1. INSPECTION START
EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
C
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections D
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
– Air cleaner clogging
– Gasket E
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U

– Air conditioner switch is OFF. F

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
G
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
H

J
SEF976U

5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-
load. K
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
M

SEF977U

2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.

>> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2006 November EC-71 2007 350Z

 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-76, "IDLE SPEED" .
A/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Without CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-
load. SEF978U

2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-76, "IDLE SPEED" .
A/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 5.

5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 6.

6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Refer to EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.

Revision: 2006 November EC-72 2007 350Z

 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN A

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-76, "IDLE SPEED" .
A/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) C
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Without CONSULT-III
D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-76, "IDLE SPEED" .
A/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) E
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G

Check the following.

● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. H
Refer to EC-394, "DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)" .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Refer to EC-386, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace. J
2. GO TO 4.

9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION K

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. L
Refer to BL-150, "NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)" .

>> GO TO 4. M

10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING

1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
A : Timing indicator

Refer to EC-76, "IGNITION TIMING" .

A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB3530E

Revision: 2006 November EC-73 2007 350Z

 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 12.

12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 13.

13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Refer to EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.

14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-76, "IDLE SPEED" .
A/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-76, "IDLE SPEED" .
A/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN

1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
A : Timing indicator

Refer to EC-76, "IGNITION TIMING" .

A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 16.
PBIB3530E

Revision: 2006 November EC-74 2007 350Z

 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION A

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-53, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. EC
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
C
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
D
● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
Refer to EC-394, "DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)" .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. E
Refer to EC-386, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. F
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.

18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION G

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.) H
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-150, "NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)" .
I
>> GO TO 4.

19. INSPECTION END J

Did you replace the ECM, referring this Basic Inspection procedure?
Yes or No
K
Yes >> 1. Perform EC-76, "VIN Registration"
2. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .
3. INSPECTION END L
No >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-75 2007 350Z

 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check NBS00035

IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST
Check idle speed in Service $01 with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.

PBIB3526E

1. Loop wire
A. Timing light B. Timing indicator

2. Check ignition timing.

Procedure After Replacing ECM NBS006SZ

When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.

1. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
BL-152, "ECM Re-communicating Function" .
2. Perform EC-76, "VIN Registration" .
3. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .
4. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
VIN Registration NBS00037

DESCRIPTION
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-46, "IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION" .
2. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
3. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
4. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning NBS00038

DESCRIPTION
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning is an operation to learn the characteristic of exhaust valve timing con-
trol magnet retarder by comparing the target angle of exhaust camshaft with the actual retarded angle of
exhaust camshaft. It must be performed each time exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder is discon-
nected or replaced, or ECM is replaced.

Revision: 2006 November EC-76 2007 350Z

 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III A
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operation temperature.
2. Set shift lever in neutral position and confirm that following electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
EC
– Headlamp switch is OFF
– Air conditioner switch is OFF
– Rear defogger switch is OFF
C
– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc
3. Keep the engine speed between 1,800 and 2,000 rpm.
4. Select “EXH V/T CONTROL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. D
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
6. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
E
Learning completed : CMPLT
Learning not yet : YET
Without CONSULT-III F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operation temperature.
2. Set shift lever in neutral position and confirm that following electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
G
– Headlamp switch is OFF
– Air conditioner switch is OFF
– Rear defogger switch is OFF H
– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc
3. Keep the engine speed between 1,800 and 2,000 rpm at 20 seconds.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning NBS00039
I
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time J
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
K
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning NBS0003A
M
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning NBS0003B

DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
● Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.

Revision: 2006 November EC-77 2007 350Z

 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

● Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.

PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
● Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
● Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch: ON
● Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine
is started, the headlamp will not be illuminated.
● Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
● Vehicle speed: Stopped
● Transmission: Warmed-up
– For A/T models with CONSULT-III
• Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates less than 0.9V.
– For A/T models without CONSULT-III and M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to
the DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed A/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)

Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.

Revision: 2006 November EC-78 2007 350Z

 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON. A
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds. EC

E
SEC897C

12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. F

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed A/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) G
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) H
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCE-
DURE below. I
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If Idle Air Volume Learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed. J
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
K
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
L
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
● Engine stalls.
M
● Erroneous idle.

Fuel Pressure Check NBS0003C

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: 2006 November EC-79 2007 350Z

 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) located in IPDM E/R (2).
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

PBIB2206E

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because Z33 models do not have fuel return system.
Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit (J-44321) to check fuel pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-79, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install the inline fuel quick disconnected fitting (A) between fuel
damper (1) and fuel injector tube.
3. Connect the fuel pressure gauge (quick connector adapter
hose) (B) to the inline fuel quick disconnected fitting.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

7. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step. PBIB3527E

8. Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.

If OK, replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
If NG, repair or replace.

Revision: 2006 November EC-80 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004

A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction NBS0003D

INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac- C
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.

MEF036D
E

It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are F
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
G

SEF233G

I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the WORK FLOW on EC-82 . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET like the
example on EC-86 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. L
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
M

Revision: 2006 November EC-81 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

WORK FLOW
Overall Sequence

PBIB3456E

Revision: 2006 November EC-82 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Detailed Flow
A
1. GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the EC-85, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . EC

>> GO TO 2.
C
2. CHECK DTC*1
1. Check DTC*1 . D
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
– Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2 . (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.)
E
– Erase DTC*1 . (Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION"
.)
– Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus- F
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-90, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected? G
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
H
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5.

3. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results.
J
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
K
4. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. L
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
M

>> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2006 November EC-83 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1 , and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-87, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
● Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
● Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure.
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

6. PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION

Perform EC-71, "Basic Inspection" .

With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9.

7. PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE

With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-
B2” are within the SP value using CONSULT-III “SPEC” in "DATA MONITOR" mode.
Refer to EC-133, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-90, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.

>> GO TO 10.

Revision: 2006 November EC-84 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE A

Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection EC
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-
27, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Is malfunctioning part detected? C
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-127, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor" , EC-103, "ECM Ter- D
minals and Reference Value" .

11. REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART

E
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. F
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAG-
NOSTIC INFORMATION" .
G
>> GO TO 12.

12. FINAL CHECK H

When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure I
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
J
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM
and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION- K
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-38, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)
2. If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to EC-
58, "Driving Pattern" . L
3. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data. M
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
● Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L

● Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.

Revision: 2006 November EC-85 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Worksheet Sample

MTBL0017

Revision: 2006 November EC-86 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

DTC Inspection Priority Chart NBS0003E

A
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
● If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC EC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION". C

Priority Detected items (DTC)

1 ● U1000 U1001 CAN communication line D
● U1010 CAN communication
● P0101 P0102 P0103 P010B P010C P010D Mass air flow sensor
● P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor E
● P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P0227 P0228 P1225 P1226 P1234 P1235 P1239 P2132 P2133 P2135 Throttle position
sensor F
● P0128 Thermostat function
● P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
● P0196 P0197 P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor G
● P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 Knock sensor
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● P0340 P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) H
● P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor
● P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
I
● P0605 ECM
● P0643 Sensor power supply
● P0700 TCM
J
● P0705 P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
● P1610 - P1615 NATS
● P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor K

Revision: 2006 November EC-87 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Priority Detected items (DTC)

2 ● P0031 P0032 P0051 P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
● P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
● P0075 P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
● P0078 P0084 Exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder*
● P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P0150 P0151 P0152 P0153 P2A00 P2A03 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
● P0137 P0138 P0139 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2
● P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
● P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
● P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve
● P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
● P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
● P0603 ECM power supply
● P0710 P0717 P0720 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P1730 P1752 P1757 P1762 P1767
P1772 P1774 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
● P1078 P1084 Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
● P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
● P1233 P2101 Electric throttle control function
● P1236 P2118 Throttle control motor
● P1290 P2103 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
● P1805 Brake switch
3 ● P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control
● P0014 P0024 Exhaust valve timing control*
● P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function
● P0300 - P0306 Misfire
● P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function
● P0442 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK)
● P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
● P0456 EVAP control system (VERY SMALL LEAK)
● P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
● P1148 P1168 Closed loop control
● P1211 TCS control unit
● P1212 TCS communication line
● P1238 P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
● P1421 Cold start control
● P1564 ASCD steering switch
● P1572 ASCD brake switch
● P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
● P1715 Turbine revolution sensor

Revision: 2006 November EC-88 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Fail-safe Chart NBS0003F

A
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. EC
P0103
P010C
P010D
C
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided D
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
40°C (104°F)
ON or START E
More than approx. 4 minutes after
80°C (176°F)
ignition ON or START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) F
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running. G
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
H
P0223 condition.
P0227 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0228
P1239 I
P2132
P2133
P2135
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
J
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1233 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2101 function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. K
P1236 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2118 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1238 Electric throttle control (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring L
P2119 actuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
M
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not
exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P1290 Throttle control motor relay
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2100
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2103
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-89 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

● When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when
there is malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands
the driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

Symptom Matrix Chart NBS0003G

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-691
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-80
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-686
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-33
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-44
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-71
EC-561,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-580
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-71
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-698
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-142

Revision: 2006 November EC-90 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

EC-197, F
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
EC-208
1
EC-223,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3
EC-239 G
EC-165,
3 EC-248 ,
EC-257 , H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-266 ,
EC-275 ,
EC-659
I
EC-229,
EC-361 ,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-557 ,
EC-559 , J
2 2 EC-582
EC-514,
EC-633 ,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-641 ,
K
EC-650
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-379
L
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-386
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-394
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-496 M
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 EC-502
EC-508,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-512
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-183
cuit
Exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-160
circuit
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-520
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-710
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-684
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 ATC-33
VDC/TCS/ABS control unit BRC-82,
4
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-42
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

Revision: 2006 November EC-91 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel tank FL-10
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-34
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
line, Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-15
Air cleaner EM-15
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-15
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-17
Air leakage from intake manifold/ EM-17,
Collector/Gasket EM-20
Cranking Battery SC-4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC-20
Starter circuit 3 SC-8
1
Signal plate 6 EM-107
Park/neutral position (PNP) MT-11 or
4
switch AT-102
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-89
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-107
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft

Revision: 2006 November EC-92 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Valve Timing chain EM-53 F
mecha-
Camshaft EM-72
nism
Intake valve timing control EM-53
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 G
Exhaust valve timing control EM-53
Intake valve
3 EM-89
Exhaust valve H
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-22, EX-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
3 I
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil EM-26, LU-
tion filter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 , LU-9
J
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-6
Cooling CO-13,
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-17
K
Thermostat 5 CO-26
Water pump CO-23
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-28 L
Cooling fan 5 CO-21
Coolant level (Low)/Contami-
CO-10
nated coolant M
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System — EC-46 or
1 1
NATS) BL-150
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

Revision: 2006 November EC-93 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Engine Control Component Parts Location NBS0003I

PBIB3474E

1. IPDM E/R 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
temperature sensor) (bank 1)
4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
valve retarder
7. Cooling fan motor-1 8. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 9. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
temperature sensor) (bank 2) and spark plug (bank 2)
10. Electric throttle control actuator 11. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 12. Exhaust valve timing control position
(bank 2) sensor
13. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 14. Fuel injector (bank 2) 15. Engine coolant temperature sensor
16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume con- 18. Fuel injector (bank 1)
trol solenoid valve
19. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 20. EVAP service port 21. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
and spark plug (bank 1)
22. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 23. Electric throttle control actuator
(bank 1)

Revision: 2006 November EC-94 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

EC

PBIB3501E

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
D
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)

PBIB3504E H
1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Electric throttle control actuator
(bank 1) (bank 2)

PBIB3508E
L
1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet M
retarder (bank 2) harness connector

PBIB3518E

1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)

Revision: 2006 November EC-95 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

PBIB3520E

1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power tran- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power tran- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power tran-
sistor) sistor) sistor)
4. Condenser 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Fuel injector No.1
7. Fuel injector No.2 8. Fuel injector No.4 9. Ignition coil No.2 (with power tran-
sistor)
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power tran- 11. ignition coil No.6 (with power tran- 12. Fuel injector No.6
sistor) sistor)
13. Fuel injector No.5 14. Knock sensor (bank 1) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)

PBIB3521E

1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor
: Vehicle front

PBIB3509E

1. Cooling fan motor-1 2. Cooling fan motor-2

: Vehicle front

Revision: 2006 November EC-96 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

EC

PBIB3510E

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor har- 2. IPDM E/R

D
ness connector

PBIB3522E H
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor
: Vehicle front
I

L
PBIB3475E

1. EVAP service port 2. EVAP canister purge volume con- 3. EVAP canister vent control valve
trol solenoid valve
M
4. EVAP control system pressure sen- 5. EVAP canister
sor
: Vehicle front

PBIB3495E

Revision: 2006 November EC-97 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regurator
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor

: Vehicle front

PBIB1907E

PBIB3516E

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
: Vehicle front

PBIB3517E

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)

: Vehicle front

Revision: 2006 November EC-98 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

EC

PBIB3502E

1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
D
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector E
: Vehicle front

PBIB3496E I
1. Accelerator pedal 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor 3. ECM
4. ECM harness connector
J

M
PBIB3498E

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Brake pedal

4. ASCD clutch switch 5. Clutch pedal

PBIB3497E

1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 3. SET/COAST switch

4. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch

Revision: 2006 November EC-99 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Vacuum Hose Drawing NBS0003J

PBIB3515E

1. Intake manifold collector 2. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Refer to EC-24, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

Revision: 2006 November EC-100 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Circuit Diagram NBS0003K

EC

TBWT1612E

Revision: 2006 November EC-101 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TBWT1613E

Revision: 2006 November EC-102 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout NBS0003L

EC

PBIB3537E D

ECM Terminals and Reference Value NBS0003M

PREPARATION E
ECM (1) is located behind the passenger side instrument lower
panel. For this inspection, remove passenger side instrument lower
panel.
F
2 : ECM harness connector

H
PBIB3499E

ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. I
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- J
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL
COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) K
NO.

2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running] L
● Warm-up condition
A/F sensor 1 heater
1 W/R ● Idle speed
(bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting M
engine)
PBIB3538E

Revision: 2006 November EC-103 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIB3539E
Throttle control motor
2 G
(Open) (bank 1)
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB3540E

Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE

3 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 1) (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 BR ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
(Close) (bank 1)
● Accelerator pedal: In the middle of releasing
operation
PBIB3541E

2.9 - 8.8
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
A/F sensor 1 heater
5 GY/L ● Idle speed
(bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIB3538E

[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed

7 - 12V
Exhaust valve timing control
6 L/OR [Engine is running]
magnet retarder (bank 1)
● Warm-up condition
● Around 2,500 rpm while the engine speed is
rising

PBIB3542E

Revision: 2006 November EC-104 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition EC
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed

7 - 12V
Exhaust valve timing control
C
7 Y/R [Engine is running]
magnet retarder (bank 2)
● Warm-up condition
● Around 2,500 rpm while the engine speed is D
rising

PBIB3542E
E
[Engine is running]
8 B/P ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed

0 - 0.2V F
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
G
NOTE:
11 GY Ignition signal No. 4 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
12 LG/R Ignition signal No. 3 idle.
15 PU Ignition signal No. 5 PBIB3543E H
16 G/B Ignition signal No. 2
0.1 - 0.4V
19 L/R Ignition signal No. 6
20 Y/B Ignition signal No. 1
[Engine is running] I
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
J
PBIB3544E

[Engine is running] 0 - 14V K

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up L
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
17 P
heater (bank 1) minute under no load. PBIB3545E
M
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed

7 - 12V
Intake valve timing control
18 W/G
solenoid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3546E

Revision: 2006 November EC-105 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
● Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.

PBIB3547E
EVAP canister purge vol-
21 GY/R
ume control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)

PBIB3548E

[Ignition switch: ON]

● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
22 L/W Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
24 BR/Y
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
25 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed

7 - 12V
Intake valve timing control
29 G/W
solenoid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3546E

Revision: 2006 November EC-106 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped EC
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 1 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
30 Y C
(bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
D
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V E
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 1 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
31 L/G
(bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] F
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed G
[Engine is running] 0 - 14V
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
H
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 I
33 PU/W
heater (bank 2) minute under no load. PBIB3545E

[Ignition switch: ON]

J
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm K
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) L
Throttle position sensor 2 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 L
(bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped M
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 2 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
35 L/Y
(bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Revision: 2006 November EC-107 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

4.0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
PBIB3549E
Crankshaft position sensor
37 LG/B
(POS)
4.0 - 5.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3550E

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

40 R [Throttle position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 1)] ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
43 OR/L [Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(bank 2)]
Sensor power supply
44 B [Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(bank 1)]
Sensor power supply
46 R/B [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(POS)]

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

47 Y/G [Crankshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(POS)] ● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

48 W/L [Throttle position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 2)] ● Idle speed

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
49 L/B ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
(Close) (bank 2)
● Accelerator pedal: In the middle of releasing
operation
PBIB3541E

Revision: 2006 November EC-108 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.

0 - 14V
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
C
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIB3539E
Throttle control motor
50 PU/W D
(Open) (bank 2)
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped E
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
F
PBIB3540E

Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE

52 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 2) (11 - 14V)
G
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
53 P/L Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V) H
57 L A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

4.0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running] I
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE: J
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
Exhaust valve timing control PBIB3551E
58 Y/G K
position sensor (bank 1)
4.0 - 5.0V

[Engine is running]
L
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

M
PBIB3552E

3.0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
PBIB3553E
Camshaft position sensor
59 BR/Y
(PHASE) (bank 1)
3.0 - 5.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3554E

Revision: 2006 November EC-109 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) (bank 1), Exhaust
60 R/L [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
sensor (bank 1), Power
steering pressure sensor]
[Ignition switch: ON] 1.8V
61 R A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.

4.0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
Exhaust valve timing control PBIB3551E
62 B/Y
position sensor (bank 2)
4.0 - 5.0V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3552E

3.0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
Camshaft position sensor PBIB3553E
63 SB
(PHASE) (bank 2)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3554E

Sensor power supply

[Camshaft position sensor
64 W/G (PHASE) (bank 2), Exhaust [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)]
65 PU A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V
[Ignition switch: ON] 1.8V
66 LG A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.

0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature sen-
67 W/L [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sor (bank 1)
air temperature.

Revision: 2006 November EC-110 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
[Mass air flow sensor EC
68 B ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank1), Intake air tempera-
ture sensor (bank 1)] ● Idle speed

[Engine is running]
69 W Knock sensor (bank 2) 2.5V* C
● Idle speed
0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant temperature
71 Y/B [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
sensor
engine coolant temperature.
D

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

72 — [Knock sensor (bank 1), ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Knock sensor (bank 2)]
E
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
73 W Knock sensor (bank 1) 2.5V*
● Idle speed F
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
76 W/R 0 - 1.0V
(bank 1) – Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 H
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
I
● Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.1V
Mass air flow sensor ● Idle speed
77 L/W
(bank1) [Engine is running] J
● Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
● Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
0 - 4.8V K
Engine oil temperature sen-
78 G/W [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
sor
engine oil temperature.
[Engine is running] L
● Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.1V
Mass air flow sensor ● Idle speed
79 GY/R
(bank2) [Engine is running] M
● Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
● Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
80 R/Y 0 - 1.0V
(bank 2) – Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.

Revision: 2006 November EC-111 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
81 R/B Fuel injector No. 3 idle.
82 L/R Fuel injector No. 6
PBIB3555E
85 BR Fuel injector No. 2
86 W/B Fuel injector No. 5 BATTERY VOLTAGE
89 G/Y Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14V)
90 Y/R Fuel injector No. 4
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3556E

0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature sen-
83 G [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sor (bank 2)
air temperature.
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2, [Engine is running]
84 G Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor, Engine oil tempera- ● Idle speed
ture sensor)
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5V
Power steering pressure ● Steering wheel: Being turned
87 Y
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
● Steering wheel: Not being turned
Sensor ground
[Exhaust valve timing con- [Engine is running]
88 LG/B trol position sensor (bank 1), ● Warm-up condition 0V
Exhaust valve timing control ● Idle speed
position sensor (bank 2)]

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

92 B/P [Camshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(PHASE) (bank 2)] ● Idle speed
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
93 P [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

94 L/Y [Mass air flow sensor (bank ● Warm-up condition 0V
2)] ● Idle speed
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
[Camshaft position sensor
96 P/L ● Warm-up condition 0V
(PHASE) (bank 1), Power
steering pressure sensor] ● Idle speed

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
97 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Revision: 2006 November EC-112 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.40V EC
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 SB
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 2.0 - 2.5V C
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
99 L (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V D
sensor 1)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

100 W (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition 0V E
sensor 1) ● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
4V F
● ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
● MAIN switch: Pressed
G
[Ignition switch: ON]
101 G/Y ASCD steering switch 1V
● CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] H
3V
● RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
2V I
● SET/COAST switch: Pressed
EVAP control system pres-
102 LG [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor
J
Sensor power supply
103 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 2)
[Engine is running] K
Sensor ground
104 GY (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor 2) ● Idle speed
L
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
105 L Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
M
0 - 4.8V
Fuel tank temperature sen-
106 W [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
sor
tank temperature.
Sensor power supply
107 BR (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sure sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
108 B/Y ● Warm-up condition 0V
(ASCD steering switch)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) posi- (11 - 14V)
109 BR PNP switch tion
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
● Shift lever: Except above position

Revision: 2006 November EC-113 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

1V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
PBIB3557E
110 Y Engine speed output signal
1V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3558E

Sensor power supply

111 OR (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sor)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

112 PU (EVAP control system pres- ● Warm-up condition 0V
sure sensor) ● Idle speed
113 P CAN communication line — —
114 L CAN communication line — —

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

116 W (Refrigerant pressure sen- ● Warm-up condition 0V
sor) ● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
117 PU Data link connector 5V - Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
● GST: Disconnected
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 LG [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
122 P/L Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)

123 B/W [Engine is running]

ECM ground Body ground
124 B/R ● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
0V
● Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly
depressed (M/T)
126 L/OR ASCD brake switch
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)
(M/T)

127 B [Engine is running]

ECM ground Body ground
128 B ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-114 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

*: This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester.

A

EC

Revision: 2006 November EC-115 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) NBS0003N

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
monitor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
ECU Identification ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values

Revision: 2006 November EC-116 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
A

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT

RESULTS CONFIRMATION
Item DATA EC
WORK ACTIVE DTC
DTC*1 FREEZE MONI-
SUPPORT TEST SRT STA- WORK
FRAME TOR
2 TUS SUP-
DATA*
PORT C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × ×
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × ×
Mass air flow sensor × ×
D

Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × ×

Engine oil temperature sensor × E
Air Fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × ×
Vehicle speed sensor × × × F
Accelerator pedal position sensor × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Throttle position sensor × × ×

G
Fuel tank temperature sensor × × ×
EVAP control system pressure sensor × ×
Intake air temperature sensor × × × H
Knock sensor ×
INPUT

Refrigerant pressure sensor ×

I
Closed throttle position switch (accel-
×
erator pedal position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch ×
J
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × ×
Stop lamp switch × ×
Power steering pressure sensor × × K
Battery voltage ×
Load signal ×
L
Exhaust valve timing control position
× ×
sensor
Fuel level sensor × ×
M
ASCD steering switch × ×
ASCD brake switch × ×
ASCD clutch switch × ×

Revision: 2006 November EC-117 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS CONFIRMATION
Item DATA
WORK ACTIVE DTC
DTC*1 FREEZE MONI-
SUPPORT TEST SRT STA- WORK
FRAME TOR
TUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT
Fuel injector × ×
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × ×
Throttle control motor relay × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Throttle control motor ×

EVAP canister purge volume control
× × × ×
solenoid valve
Air conditioner relay ×
Fuel pump relay × × ×
OUTPUT

Cooling fan relay × × ×

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater × × ×*3
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × ×*3
EVAP canister vent control valve × × × ×
Intake valve timing control solenoid
× × ×
valve
Exhaust valve timing control magnet
× × × ×
retarder
Calculated load value × ×
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-119, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
*3: Always “CMPLT” is displayed.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Refer to GI-36, "CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM" .
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING START DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN ● THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.

Revision: 2006 November EC-118 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

A
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN When detecting EVAP vapor leak
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE point of EVAP system
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
● IGN SW ON EC
● ENGINE NOT RUNNING
● AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
● NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS- C
TEM
● FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
● WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING EVAP SYS- D
TEM CLOSE
● WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT- E
III WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRI-
ATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
F
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DIS-
PLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BAT-
TERY”, EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
VIN REGISTRATION ● IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM G
EXH V/T CONTROL LEARN ● IN THIS MODE, OPERATION TO LEARN EXHAUST When learning the exhaust valve
VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER timing control
CHARACTERISTIC. H
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing I
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE J

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-48, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION ITEMS" .) K
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
item*
Description L

DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to
CODE
EC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" .) M
[PXXXX]
FUEL SYS-B1 ● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
than short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
schedule.

Revision: 2006 November EC-119 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Freeze frame data

Description
item*
ENGINE SPEED
● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VEHICL SPEED
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] ● The throttle valve operating angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
● The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
● The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
*: This item is the same as that of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item
×: Applicable
Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks
● Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops
● Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED [rpm] of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft
position sensor (PHASE). ● If the signal is interrupted while the engine is
running, an abnormal value may be indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] ● When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is dis- indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B2 [V] played. ● When engine is running specification range is
indicated in “SPEC”.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse
● When engine is running specification range is
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on
indicated in “SPEC”.
board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] ● When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
indicated.
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correc- ● This data also includes the data for the air-fuel
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] tion factor per cycle is indicated. ratio learning control.
● When engine is running specification range is
indicated in “SPEC”.
● When the engine coolant temperature sensor
● The engine coolant temperature (determined by the
COOLAN TEMP/S [°C] is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe
signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sen-
or [°F] mode. The engine coolant temperature deter-
sor) is displayed.
mined by the ECM is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1) [V] ● The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the
A/F SEN1 (B2) [V] A/F sensor 1 is displayed.

HO2S2 (B1) [V] ● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is
HO2S2 (B2) [V] displayed.

HO2S2 MNTR(B1) ● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:

[RICH/LEAN] RICH: Means the amount of oxygen after three way
● When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
catalyst is relatively small.
HO2S2 MNTR(B2) indicated.
LEAN: Means the amount of oxygen after three way
[RICH/LEAN] catalyst is relatively large.
VHCL SPEED SE [km/ ● The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed
h] or [mph] signal sent from combination meter is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT [V] ● The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] ● ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM
● The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is
internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] displayed.
voltage signal.

Revision: 2006 November EC-120 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks

A
TP SEN 1-B1 [V] ● THRTL SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal
TP SEN 2-B1 [V] played.
voltage signal.
FUEL T/TMP SE [°C] ● The fuel temperature (determined by the signal volt- EC
or [°F] age of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed.
● The intake air temperature (determined by the signal
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or
voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indi- C
[°F]
cated.
● The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure
EVAP SYS PRES [V]
sensor is displayed. D
FUEL LEVEL SE [V] ● The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed.
● Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by
START SIGNAL [ON/ ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed E
the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and
OFF] regardless of the starter signal.
battery voltage.
● Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM
CLSD THL POS [ON/
according to the accelerator pedal position sensor sig- F
OFF]
nal.
AIR COND SIG [ON/ ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner
OFF] switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. G
P/N POSI SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral
[ON/OFF] position (PNP) switch signal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system H
PW/ST SIGNAL [ON/
(determined by the signal voltage of the power steer-
OFF]
ing pressure sensor) is indicated.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load I
signal.
LOAD SIGNAL [ON/ ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or light-
OFF] ing switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting J
switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch sig-
[ON/OFF] nal. K
HEATER FAN SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
BRAKE SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp L
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] ● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compen- ● When the engine is stopped, a certain com-
INJ PULSE-B2 [msec] sated by ECM according to the input signals. puted value is indicated. M
● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM ● When the engine is stopped, a certain value is
IGN TIMING [BTDC]
according to the input signals. indicated.
● “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the cur-
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
rent air flow divided by peak air flow.
MASS AIRFLOW [g·m/ ● Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM accord-
s] ing to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM
PURG VOL C/V [%] according to the input signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the value increases.
INT/V TIM(B1) [°CA]
● Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced angle.
INT/V TIM(B2) [°CA]
EXH/V TIM B1 [°CA]
● Indicates [°CA] of exhaust camshaft retarded angle.
EXH/V TIM B2 [°CA]

Revision: 2006 November EC-121 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks

INT/V SOL(B1) [%] ● The control value of the intake valve timing control
solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the
input signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL(B2) [%]
● The advance angle becomes larger as the value
increases.
EX VTC DTY B1 [%] ● The control value of the exhaust valve timing control
magnet retarder (determined by ECM according to the
input signals) is indicated.
EX VTC DTY B2 [%]
● The retard angle becomes larger as the value
increases.
TP SEN 1-B2 [V] ● THRTL SEN 2-B2 signal is converted by ECM
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal
TP SEN 2-B2 [V] played.
voltage signal.
AIR COND RLY [ON/ ● The air conditioner relay control condition (determined
OFF] by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated.
FUEL PUMP RLY [ON/ ● Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition deter-
OFF] mined by ECM according to the input signals.
● The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control
valve (determined by ECM according to the input sig-
VENT CONT/V [ON/
nals) is indicated.
OFF]
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
● Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condi-
THRTL RELAY [ON/
tion determined by the ECM according to the input sig-
OFF]
nals.
● The control condition of the cooling fan (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is indicated.
COOLING FAN
HI: High speed operation
[HI/LOW/OFF]
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
HO2S2 HTR (B1) [ON/
OFF] ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor
2 heater determined by ECM according to the input
HO2S2 HTR (B2) [ON/ signals.
OFF]
I/P PULLY SPD ● Indicates the engine speed computed from the turbine
[rpm] revolution sensor signal.
VEHICLE SPEED ● Indicates the vehicle speed computed from the revolu-
[km/h] or [mph] tion sensor signal.
● Display the condition of Idle Air Volume Learning
YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been performed
IDL A/V LEARN [YET/
yet.
CMPLT]
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already been
performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL [km]
● Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
or [mile]
● The engine oil temperature (determined by the signal
ENG OIL TEMP [°C] or
voltage of the engine oil temperature sensor) is dis-
[°F]
played.
A/F S1 HTR(B1) [%] ● Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control value computed
by ECM according to the input signals.
A/F S1 HTR(B2) [%] ● The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the
value increases.
● The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sen-
AC PRESS SEN [V]
sor is displayed.

Revision: 2006 November EC-122 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks

A
VHCL SPEED SE [km/ ● The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed
h] or [mph] signal sent from TCM is displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
● The preset vehicle speed is displayed. EC
[km/h] or [mph]
MAIN SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch sig-
[ON/OFF] nal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch
C
CANCEL SW ●
[ON/OFF] signal.
RESUME/ACC SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCEL-
[ON/OFF] ERATE switch signal. D
SET SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
E
BRAKE SW1 ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch
[ON/OFF] signal and ASCD clutch switch signal (M/T)
BRAKE SW2 ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch sig-
[ON/OFF] nal. F
● Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
VHCL SPD CUT speed. G
[NON/CUT] CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low
compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD oper-
ation is cut off.
H
● Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
LO SPEED CUT
speed.
[NON/CUT] I
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low, and
ASCD operation is cut off.
AT OD MONITOR ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D according to
● For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed.
[ON/OFF] the input signal from the TCM. J
AT OD CANCEL ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D cancel
● For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed.
[ON/OFF] request signal.
CRUISE LAMP ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp deter- K
[ON/OFF] mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
SET LAMP ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined
[ON/OFF] by the ECM according to the input signals. L
● Display the condition of Exhaust Valve Timing Control
Learning
EXH V/T LEARN [YET/ YET: Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning has not M
CMPLT] been performed yet.
CMPLT: Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning has
already been performed successfully.
A/F ADJ-B1 ● Indicates the correction of factor stored in ECM. The
factor is calculated from the difference between the
A/F ADJ-B2 target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air-fuel ratio
calculated from A/F sensor 1 signal.
Voltage [V]
Frequency [msec], [Hz]
● Only “#” is displayed if item is unable to be
or [%]
measured.
DUTY-HI ● Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width mea-
sured by the probe. ● Figures with “#”s are temporary ones. They
DUTY-LOW are the same figures as an actual piece of data
which was just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-HI
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

Revision: 2006 November EC-123 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injector
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-III. ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1

● Engine: Return to the original

trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Timing light: Set ● Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING CHECK ITEM.
● Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
● Engine: After warming up, idle ● Harness and connectors
the engine.
● Compression
● A/C switch OFF
POWER BAL- ● Fuel injector
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE ● Power transistor
(M/T)
● Spark plug
● Cut off each fuel injector signal
one at a time using CONSULT-III. ● Ignition coil

● Ignition switch: ON ● Harness and connectors

* Cooling fan moves and stops. Cooling fan motor
COOLING FAN ● Turn the cooling fan “HI”, “LOW” ●

and “OFF” using CONSULT-III. ● IPDM E/R

● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP ● Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-III. ● Fuel injector
● Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connectors
RELAY ● Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” ing sound. ● Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT-III
and listen to operating sound.
● Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-III.
FUEL/T TEMP
● Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III.
SEN
● Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connectors
TROL/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
“OFF” with the CONSULT-III and
listen to operating sound.
● Engine: Return to the original
● Harness and connectors
INT V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. ● Intake valve timing control sole-
● Change intake valve timing using
noid valve
CONSULT-III.
● Engine: Return to the original
● Harness and connectors
EXH V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. ● Exhaust valve timing control mag-
● Change exhaust valve timing
net retarder
using CONSULT-III.
*: Leaving cooling fan “OFF” with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

Revision: 2006 November EC-124 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT STATUS Mode A
For details, refer to EC-53, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode EC
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
C
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page
PURG FLOW P0441 P0441 EC-411

EVAPORATIVE SYS- EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442* P0442 EC-416 D

TEM EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456* P0456 EC-482
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-423
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-248 E
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-275
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 P0150 EC-248
F
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289 P0153 EC-275
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-313
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-298 G
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-287
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 P0159 EC-313
H
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 P0158 EC-298
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 P0157 EC-287
*: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to Z33 models but appears in DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode screens. I
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function NBS0003O

DESCRIPTION
J
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual. K

M
SEF139P

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-53, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND
1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.

Revision: 2006 November EC-125 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Diagnostic test mode Function

This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This
includes:
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
● Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
● Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
● Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
● Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS)
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine
stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve
can be closed.
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.
● Low ambient temperature
Service $08 — ● Low battery voltage
● Engine running
● Ignition switch OFF
● Low fuel temperature
● Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect GST to data link connector (1), which is located under
LH dash panel near the hood opener handle.
2 : Hood opener handle

PBIB3500E

3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)

SEF398S

Revision: 2006 November EC-126 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure. A
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of
the tool maker.
EC

SEF416S

D
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor NBS0003P

Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. E
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
F
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication
G
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
MAS A/F SE-B2 See EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . H
A/F ALPHA-B1
See EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
A/F ALPHA-B2
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F) I
A/F SEN1 (B1)
● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2V
A/F SEN1 (B2)
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions J
are met
HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
– Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 (B2) 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and K
at idle for 1 minute under no load
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met L
HO2S2 MNTR(B1)
– Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR(B2)
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load M
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 1.2V

ACCEL SEN 2*1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1*1 ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
position
Indicates fuel tank tempera-
FUEL T/TMP SE ● Ignition switch: ON
ture
Indicates intake air tempera-
INT/A TEMP SE ● Ignition switch: ON
ture

Revision: 2006 November EC-127 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
Depending on fuel level of fuel
FUEL LEVEL SE ● Ignition switch: ON
tank
START SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON position
Shift lever: Except above position OFF

● Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON and/
ON
or lighting switch: 2nd position
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch and light-
OFF
ing switch: OFF
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON

● Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INJ PULSE-B1 (M/T) position
INJ PULSE-B2 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 6° - 16° BTDC
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
IGN TIMING (M/T) position
2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 5% - 35%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
CAL/LD VALUE (M/T) position
2,500 rpm 5% - 35%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
MASS AIRFLOW (M/T) position
2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (Accelerator pedal is not depressed 0%
(M/T) position even slightly, after engine starting)
PURG VOL C/V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
2,000 rpm —
● No load

Revision: 2006 November EC-128 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

A
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V TIM(B1) (M/T) position
INT/V TIM(B2) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 30°CA EC
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
C
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
EXH/V TIM B1 (M/T) position
EXH/V TIM B2 Around 2,500 rpm while the engine
Approx. 0° - 30°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF speed is rising
D
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral E
INT/V SOL(B1) (M/T) position
INT/V SOL(B2) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load F
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
EX VTC DTY B1 (M/T) position
EX VTC DTY B2 Around 2,500 rpm while the engine G
Approx. 0% - 70%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF speed is rising
● No load
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V H
TP SEN 1-B2 (Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B2*1 ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
position I
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates) J
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF
K

VENT CONT/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF

THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON L
Engine coolant temperature is 97°C
OFF
(206°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine Engine coolant temperature is between M
COOLING FAN LOW
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HI
(212°F) or more
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
at idle for 1 minute under no load
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD ● Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
tachometer indication
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VEHICLE SPEED
indication. speedometer indication

Revision: 2006 November EC-129 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Idle air volume learning has not been
YET
performed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN ● Engine: Running
Idle air volume learning has already
CMPLT
been performed successfully.
ENG OIL TEMP ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL ● Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
A/F S1 HTR(B1) ● Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
4 - 100%
A/F S1 HTR(B2) (More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
● Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN ● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON. 1.0 - 4.0V
(Compressor operates.)
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD ● Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed.
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW ● Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW ● Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW ● Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
OFF
Released
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW ● Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
● Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)
● Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully ON
BRAKE SW1 released (M/T)
● Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
● Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: OFF
Slightly depressed (M/T)

BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

● Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
VHCL SPD CUT ● Ignition switch: ON NON
LO SPEED CUT ● Ignition switch: ON NON
AT OD MONITOR ● Ignition switch: ON OFF
AT OD CANSEL ● Ignition switch: ON OFF
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP ● Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
● MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON

SET LAMP ● When vehicle speed is between

40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
(89MPH)
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning
YET
has not been performed yet.
EXH V/T LEARN ● Engine: Running
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning
CMPLT
has not been performed yet.
A/F ADJ B1 ● Engine: Running –0.330 - 0.330
A/F ADJ B2 ● Engine: Running –0.330 - 0.330

Revision: 2006 November EC-130 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal. A

EC

Revision: 2006 November EC-131 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031

Description NBS0003R

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
in “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the
value in “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1/B2 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition NBS0003S

● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)

● Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
● Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
● Transmission: Warmed-up
– For A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF
TEMP 1” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
– For M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 min-
utes.
● Electrical load: Not applied
– Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
● Engine speed: Idle
Inspection Procedure NBS0003T

NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-71, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, “MAS A/F SE-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B2” in
“SPEC” of ”DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-133, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-132 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0003U

OVERALL SEQUENCE A

EC

PBIB2268E

Revision: 2006 November EC-133 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

PBIB3531E

Revision: 2006 November EC-134 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

DETAILED PROCEDURE
A
1. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-132, "Testing Condition" . EC
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” in mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
NOTE: C
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3. E

2. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the indication is within the F
SP value.
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19.

3. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” H

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6. J
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.

4. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”

K
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine. L
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.

5. CHANGE ENGINE OIL

1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-135 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

6. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-79, "Fuel Pressure Check" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-79, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

1. Check the following.
– Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
– Clogged fuel filter
– Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-691, "FUEL PUMP" .)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-79, "Fuel Pressure Check" .)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

>> GO TO 8.

8. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST

1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

1. Check the following.
– Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-698, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .)
– Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-686, "FUEL INJECTOR" .)
– Intake air leakage
– Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-89, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)

>> GO TO 11.

Revision: 2006 November EC-136 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

11. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” A

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value. EC
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12. C

12. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

D
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1.
● For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-248, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
● For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-267, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . E
● For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-660, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
● For DTC P0133, P0153, refer to EC-276, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
● For DTC P2A00, P2A03, refer to EC-660, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13. G

13. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT

H
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.

>> GO TO 14.
I
14. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine. J
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 15.
L
15. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. M

>> GO TO 16.

16. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-90, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-137 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

17. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.

18. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
– Engine oil level is too high
– Engine oil viscosity
– Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
– Noise from engine
– Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
– Valve clearance malfunction
– Intake valve timing control function malfunction
– Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Crushed air ducts
● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
● Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.

20. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.

21. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.

Revision: 2006 November EC-138 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

22. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” A

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value. EC
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it.
Refer to EC-197, "DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR" . C
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
D
23. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”

Select “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the E
indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24. F
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.

24. REPLACE ECM

G
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-152, "ECM Re-communicating Function" . H
3. Perform EC-76, "VIN Registration" .
4. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .
5. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . I
6. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
J

>> GO TO 29.

25. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Crushed air ducts L
● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
● Improper specification of intake air system M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.

26. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.

Revision: 2006 November EC-139 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

27. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”

Select “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and make sure that the
indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.

28. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
● Looseness of oil filler cap
● Disconnection of oil level gauge
● Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
● Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
● Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
● Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system
parts
● Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.

>> GO TO 30.

29. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-90, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .

30. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of "DATA MONITOR" mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-90, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-140 2007 350Z

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006

A
Description NBS0003V

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area. C
Common intermittent incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
D
2 The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0003W

F
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs.
Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . G

>> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. I
Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. J
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K

Perform GI-27, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
M
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS
Refer to GI-24, "How to Check Terminal" , “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Con-
tact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace connector.

Revision: 2006 November EC-141 2007 350Z

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110

Wiring Diagram NBS0003X

TBWT1614E

Revision: 2006 November EC-142 2007 350Z

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
24 BR/Y D
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
E
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
53 P/L Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
F
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

Revision: 2006 November EC-143 2007 350Z

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

TBWT1615E

Revision: 2006 November EC-144 2007 350Z

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
8 B/P ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed

123 B/W [Engine is running]

ECM ground Body ground
124 B/R ● Idle speed D
127 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
128 B ● Idle speed
E
Diagnostic Procedure NBS0003Y

1. INSPECTION START
F
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No G
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 53 and ground with CON- I
SULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. K

PBIB0070E
L

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

M
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M72, F102
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M4
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-145 2007 350Z

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 8, 123, 124, 127, 128 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2006 November EC-146 2007 350Z

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M72, F102
● Harness connectors F103, B113 (Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone) or F151 EC
(Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone)
● Harness connectors F3, E12
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground C

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

D
7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector disconnected. E
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 17 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG G
OK >> Go to EC-698, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> GO TO 8.
H

PBIB1915E

I
8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
J
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 125 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
K
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9. M
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
12. PBIB3587E

9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

Check voltage between ECM terminal 24 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 12.

PBIB3467E

Revision: 2006 November EC-147 2007 350Z

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 125 and IPDM E/R terminal 18.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness or connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E9.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 24 and IPDM E/R terminal 46.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness or connectors E10, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK 15A FUSE

1. Disconnect 15A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace 15A fuse.

Revision: 2006 November EC-148 2007 350Z

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

15. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
EC

PBIB3560E
E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front F
Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone
1. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
G

J
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed) K

: Vehicle front

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
M
16. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 8, 123, 124, 127, 128 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.

Revision: 2006 November EC-149 2007 350Z

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F103, B113 (Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone) or F151
(Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone)
● Harness or connectors F3, E12
● Harness or connectors M72, F102
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground.

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-16, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Ground Inspection NBS0003Z

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
● Remove the ground bolt or screw.
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-27, "Ground Distribution" .

PBIB1870E

Revision: 2006 November EC-150 2007 350Z

 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710

A
Description NBS00040

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. C

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS006T0

D
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
● When ECM is not transmitting or receiving
U1000*1 E
CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-
1000*1 related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. ● Harness or connectors
CAN communication
● When ECM is not transmitting or receiving (CAN communication line is open or
line
U1001*2 CAN communication signal other than OBD shorted) F
1001*2 (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or
more.
*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. G
*2: The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS006T1

H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-153, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I

Revision: 2006 November EC-151 2007 350Z

 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Wiring Diagram NBS006T2

TBWT1616E

Revision: 2006 November EC-152 2007 350Z

 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Diagnostic Procedure NBS006T3

A
Go to LAN-48, "CAN System Specification Chart" .

EC

Revision: 2006 November EC-153 2007 350Z

 DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION

DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710

Description NBS002VL

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS006T4

● This self-diagnosis has one trip detection logic (A/T models).

● The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis (M/T models).

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagno-
CAN communication bus ● ECM
1010 sis of CAN controller of ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS002VN

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-155, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-154 2007 350Z

 DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION

Diagnostic Procedure NBS002VO

1. INSPECTION START A

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
C
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-154, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
D
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST. E
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-154, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the DTC U1010 displayed again? F
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END G

2. REPLACE ECM
H
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
BL-152, "ECM Re-communicating Function" .
I
3. Perform EC-76, "VIN Registration" .
4. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning"
5. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . J
6. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
K
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-155 2007 350Z

 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL

DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796

Description NBS00045

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN Communication line

PBIB3535E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS00046

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
INT/V TIM(B1) Neutral (M/T)
INT/V TIM(B2) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 30°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
INT/V SOL(B1) Neutral (M/T)
INT/V SOL(B2) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load

Revision: 2006 November EC-156 2007 350Z

 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS00047

A
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0011 ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC
0011 ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(Bank 1)
● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and ● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up C
P0021 control performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
0021 ● Timing chain installation
(Bank 2)
● Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for D
intake valve timing control

FAIL-SAFE MODE E
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function. F

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS00048

CAUTION: G
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform trouble diagnosis for H
DTC P0075 or P0081. Refer to EC-183, "DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle. J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. K
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
L
ENG SPEED 500 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLANT TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.5 msec M
Shift lever P or N (A/T), neutral (M/T) position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-158, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLANT TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-158, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-157 2007 350Z

 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS00049

1. CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Go to LU-7, "OIL PRESSURE CHECK" .

PBIA8559J

2. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-159, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

3. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

4. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

5. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)

Check the following.
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIB3533E

Revision: 2006 November EC-158 2007 350Z

 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL

6. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION A

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
Yes or No EC
Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-53, "TIMING CHAIN" .
No >> GO TO 7.
C
7. CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Refer to EM-74, "INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL" .
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean lubrication line.
E
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F
For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-388 for crankshaft position sensor (POS) and EC-397 for camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection NBS0004A

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE H

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows. I

Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] J
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. K

If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIB0193E
L
4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure. M
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed. PBIB2275E

Removal and Installation NBS0004B

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-53, "TIMING CHAIN" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-159 2007 350Z

 DTC P0014 P0024 EVT CONTROL

DTC P0014 P0024 EVT CONTROL PFP:23795

Description NBS0004C

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Exhaust valve Exhaust valve timing con-
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
timing control trol magnet retarder
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor Exhaust valve timing signal
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN Communication line

PBIB2765E

This mechanism magnetically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the exhaust
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the exhaust
valve to increase engine torque and output in a range of high engine speed.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0004D

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
EXH/V TIM B1 ● Shift lever: Neutral
EXH/V TIM B2 Around 2,500 rpm while the engine
● Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0° - 30°CA
speed is rising
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
EX VTC DTY B1 ● Shift lever: Neutral
EX VTC DTY B2 Around 2,500 rpm while the engine
● Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 70%
speed is rising
● No load

Revision: 2006 November EC-160 2007 350Z

 DTC P0014 P0024 EVT CONTROL

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0004E

A
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0014 ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC
0014 ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(Bank 1)
● Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
Exhaust valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and ● Exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder C
P0024 control performance phase-control angle degree. ● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
0024 portion of the camshaft
(Bank 2)
● Timing chain installation D
● Exhaust valve timing control pulley assembly

FAIL-SAFE MODE E
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
F
The signal is not energized to the Exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder and the mag-
Exhaust valve timing control
net retarder control does not function.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0004F G

CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE: H
● If DTC P0014 or P0024 is displayed with DTC P0078, P0084, P1078 or P1084, first perform trouble
diagnosis for DTC P0078, P0084 or P1078, P1084. Refer to EC-190, "DTC P0078 P0084 EVT CON-
TROL MAGNET RETARDER" or EC-528, "DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR" . I
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: J
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. L
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED 500 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
M
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.5 msec
Shift lever P or N (A/T), neutral (M/T) position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-162, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 2,950 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-161 2007 350Z

 DTC P0014 P0024 EVT CONTROL

8. Check 1st trip DTC.

9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-162, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS0004G

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK FUNCTION OF EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL-I

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “EXH V/T ANGLE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed at 2,500 rpm, then touch “START”.
4. Make sure that the values of “EXH/V TIM B1” and “EXH/V TIM B2” change when touching “UP” or
“DOWN”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 4.

3. CHECK FUNCTION OF EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL-II

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed at 2,500 rpm, then touch “START”.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 6 (bank 1), 7 (bank 2) and ground with oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below.

PBIB3542E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. REPLACE EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

1. Replace exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder.
2. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-162 2007 350Z

 DTC P0014 P0024 EVT CONTROL

6. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR A

Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control position sensor.

7. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) C

Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

8. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) E

Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
G
9. CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH)
Check the following.
H
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or malfunctioning replace camshaft.
J

K
PBIB3534E

10. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

L
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
Yes or No M
Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-53, "TIMING CHAIN" .
No >> GO TO 11.

11. REPLACE EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL PULLEY ASSEMBLY

1. Replace exhaust valve timing control pulley assembly and exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder.
Refer to EM-72, "CAMSHAFT" and EM-44, "FRONT TIMING CHAIN CASE" .
2. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-163 2007 350Z

 DTC P0014 P0024 EVT CONTROL

12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-388 for crankshaft position sensor (POS) and EC-397 for camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS0004H

EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

1. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder harness connector.
2. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: 9.0 - 11.0Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
3. If NG, replace exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder and
go to the next step.
4. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .

PBIB3469E

Removal and Installation NBS0004I

EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

Refer to EM-44, "FRONT TIMING CHAIN CASE" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-164 2007 350Z

 DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER PFP:22693

A
Description NBS000B6

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Air fuel ratio (A/F)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) sensor 1 heater Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air control C
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
D
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000B7

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION E
A/F S1 HTR(B1) ● Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
4 - 100%
A/F S1 HTR(B2) (More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
F
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000B8

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
P0031
0031 The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
1 heater control circuit
P0051 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.) H
low input
0051 through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
P0032 I
0032 The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
1 heater control circuit shorted.)
P0052 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
high input
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.)
J
0052 ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000B9 K

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
M
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-170, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-165 2007 350Z

 DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

Wiring Diagram NBS000BA

BANK 1

TBWT1617E

Revision: 2006 November EC-166 2007 350Z

 DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
A/F sensor 1 heater
1 W/R ● Idle speed
(bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine) E
PBIB3538E

57 L A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] F
1.8V
61 R A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.
G
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-167 2007 350Z

 DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

BANK 2

TBWT1618E

Revision: 2006 November EC-168 2007 350Z

 DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
2.9 - 8.8
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
A/F sensor 1 heater
5 GY/L ● Idle speed
(bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine) E
PBIB3538E

65 PU A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] F
1.8V
66 LG A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.
G
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-169 2007 350Z

 DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000BB

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-170 2007 350Z

 DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

EC

PBIB3516E

E
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
: Vehicle fornt
F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between air fuel ratio sensor (A/F) sensor 1 ter-
minal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. G
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
I

PBIB3308E

J
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
K
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse L

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

M
4. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 (bank 1) or 5 (bank 2) and air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-171 2007 350Z

 DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

5. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER

Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS000BC

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER

Check resistance between terminals 3 and 4.
Resistance: 1.8 - 2.44Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 1, 2, terminals 4 and 1, 2.
Continuity should not exist.
If NG, replace the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
● Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a
height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such
as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIB3309E

Removal and Installation NBS000BD

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-172 2007 350Z

 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0

A
Description NBS0004J

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2 C
Engine coolant tempera- (HO2S2) heater control (HO2S2) heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ture
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
D
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) heater corresponding to the
engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION E
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
F
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
● Engine: After warming up
ON
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
G
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0004K

H
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. I
– Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
at idle for 1 minute under no load J
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0004L

K
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0037 L
0037 The current amperage in the HO2S2 heater cir- ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) HO2S2 heater cuit is out of the normal range. (The HO2S2 heater circuit is open or
P0057 control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
through the HO2S2 heater.) M
0057 ● HO2S2 heater
(Bank 2)
P0038
0038 The current amperage in the HO2S2 heater cir- ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) HO2S2 heater cuit is out of the normal range. (The HO2S2 heater circuit is shorted.)
P0058 control circuit high (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the HO2S2 heater.) ● HO2S2 heater
0058
(Bank 2)

Revision: 2006 November EC-173 2007 350Z

 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0004M

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start the engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 rpm and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under
no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-179, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSUT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-174 2007 350Z

 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

Wiring Diagram NBS0004N

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1619E

Revision: 2006 November EC-175 2007 350Z

 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] 0 - 14V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
17 P
heater (bank 1) minute under no load. PBIB3545E

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
76 W/R 0 - 1.0V
(bank 1) – Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2, [Engine is running]
84 G Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor, Engine oil tempera- ● Idle speed
ture sensor)

Revision: 2006 November EC-176 2007 350Z

 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1620E

Revision: 2006 November EC-177 2007 350Z

 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] 0 - 14V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
33 PU/W
heater (bank 2) minute under no load. PBIB3545E

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
80 R/Y 0 - 1.0V
(bank 2) – Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Sensor ground
Heated oxygen sensor 2, [Engine is running]
84 G Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor, Engine oil tempera- ● Idle speed
ture sensor)

Revision: 2006 November EC-178 2007 350Z

 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0004O

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-179 2007 350Z

 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

2. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

PBIB3502E

1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
: Vehicle front

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0186E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-180 2007 350Z

 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

4. CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminals
DTC Bank C
ECM Sensor
P0037, P0038 17 3 1
P0057, P0058 33 3 2 D

Continuity should exist.

E
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
F
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

G
Refer to EC-181, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. H
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

J
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection NBS0004P

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER K

1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
L
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)
M
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-
18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIB3310E

Revision: 2006 November EC-181 2007 350Z

 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER

Removal and Installation NBS0004Q

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-182 2007 350Z

 DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796

A
Component Description NBS000BR

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. EC
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle. C
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control D
position.
PBIB1842E

E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000BS

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V SOL(B1) (M/T) G
INT/V SOL(B2) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000BT

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
I
P0075
0075 ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (The intake valve timing control solenoid
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve circuit
through intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) J
P0081 valve.
0081 ● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
(Bank 2)
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000BU

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and L
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. M
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-188, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-183 2007 350Z

 DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Wiring Diagram NBS000BV

BANK 1

TBWT1621E

Revision: 2006 November EC-184 2007 350Z

 DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed D
7 - 12V
Intake valve timing control
18 W/G
solenoid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running] E
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
PBIB3546E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] G
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
24 BR/Y
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF] H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
J

Revision: 2006 November EC-185 2007 350Z

 DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

BANK 2

TBWT1622E

Revision: 2006 November EC-186 2007 350Z

 DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
D
24 BR/Y
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V) E
tion switch OFF
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V) F
● Idle speed

7 - 12V
Intake valve timing control G
29 G/W
solenoid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm H

PBIB3546E

BATTERY VOLTAGE I
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
J

Revision: 2006 November EC-187 2007 350Z

 DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000BW

1. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.

PBIB3508E

1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector

3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0192E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 18 (bank 1) or 29 (bank 2) and intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-188 2007 350Z

 DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

Refer to EC-189, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection NBS000BX

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows. F

Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] G
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. H

If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIB0193E

I
4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure. J
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve. K
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control L
solenoid valve is removed. PBIB2275E

Removal and Installation NBS000BY

M
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-53, "TIMING CHAIN" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-189 2007 350Z

 DTC P0078 P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

DTC P0078 P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER PFP:23795

Component Description NBS0004R

Exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder (1) controls the shut/
open timing of the exhaust valve by ON/OFF pulse duty signals sent
from the ECM.
The longer pulse width retards valve angle.
The shorter pulse width advances valve angle.

PBIB3525E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0004S

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
EX VTC DTY B1 ● Shift lever: Neutral
EX VTC DTY B2 Around 2,500 rpm while the engine
● Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 70%
speed is rising
● No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0004T

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0078
● Harness or connectors
0078
Exhaust valve timing con- An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Exhaust valve timing control magnet
(Bank 1)
trol magnet retarder cir- through exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder circuit is open or shorted.)
P0084 cuit retarder. ● Exhaust valve timing control magnet
0084
retarder
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0004U

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-195, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-190 2007 350Z

 DTC P0078 P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

Wiring Diagram NBS0004V

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1623E

Revision: 2006 November EC-191 2007 350Z

 DTC P0078 P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed

7 - 12V
Exhaust valve timing control
6 L/OR [Engine is running]
magnet retarder (bank 1)
● Warm-up condition
● Around 2,500 rpm while the engine speed is
rising

PBIB3542E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
24 BR/Y
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-192 2007 350Z

 DTC P0078 P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1624E

Revision: 2006 November EC-193 2007 350Z

 DTC P0078 P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed

7 - 12V
Exhaust valve timing control
7 Y/R [Engine is running]
magnet retarder (bank 2)
● Warm-up condition
● Around 2,500 rpm while the engine speed is
rising

PBIB3542E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
24 BR/Y
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-194 2007 350Z

 DTC P0078 P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0004W

1. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder harness connector. EC

E
PBIB3508E

1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector F
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector
G
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
H
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB3468E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

Check the following.

● Harness connectors E12, F3 L
● Harness for open or short between exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder and IPDM E/R

M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROLMAGNET RETARDER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Checking harness continuity between exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder terminal 2 and ECM
terminal 6 (bank 1), 7 (bank 2).
Refer to Wiring Diagram
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-195 2007 350Z

 DTC P0078 P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

4. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. REPLACE EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

1. Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder.
2. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS0004X

EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

1. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder harness connector.
2. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder terminals 1and 2.
Resistance: 9.0 - 11.0Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
3. If NG, replace exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder and
go to the next step.
4. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .

PBIB3468E

Removal and Installation NBS0004Y

EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER

Refer to EM-44, "FRONT TIMING CHAIN CASE" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-196 2007 350Z

 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR PFP:22680

A
Component Description NBS0004Z

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire EC
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire is to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss. C
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D

PBIA9559J

E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS00050

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
MAS A/F SE-B1
See EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
MAS A/F SE-B2
G
● Engine: After warming up Idle 5% - 35%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
CAL/LD VALUE (M/T)
2,500 rpm 5% - 35% H
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s I
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
MASS AIRFLOW (M/T)
2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
J
● No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS00051

K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or L
shorted.)
P0101
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM ● Mass air flow sensor
0101 A)
under light load driving condition.
(Bank 1) ● EVAP control system pressure M
sensor
● Intake air temperature sensor
Mass air flow sensor cir-
cuit range/performance ● Harness or connectors
problem (The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
P010B ● Intake air leaks
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
010B B)
under heavy load driving condition. ● Mass air flow sensor
(Bank 2)
● EVAP control system pressure
sensor
● Intake air temperature sensor

Revision: 2006 November EC-197 2007 350Z

 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS00052

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.

If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-203, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-203, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B2”
with “DATA MONITOR”.
4. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
5. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-203, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive sec-
onds.
ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm
THRTL SEN 1 More than 3V
THRTL SEN 2 More than 3V
Shift lever Suitable position
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help
Driving location
maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-203, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
PBIB3457E

Overall Function Check NBS00053

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.

Revision: 2006 November EC-198 2007 350Z

 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01.
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in A
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
5. If NG, go to EC-203, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC

SEF534P

Revision: 2006 November EC-199 2007 350Z

 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS00054

BANK 1

TBWT1625E

Revision: 2006 November EC-200 2007 350Z

 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
ECM relay [Ignition switch: OFF]
24 BR/Y 0 - 1.5V
(Self shut-off) ● For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
D
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
[Mass air flow sensor
68 B ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank1), Intake air tempera-
ture sensor (bank 1)] ● Idle speed E
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.1V
● Idle speed F
Mass air flow sensor
77 L/W
(bank1) [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
G
● Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
H

Revision: 2006 November EC-201 2007 350Z

 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

BANK 2

TBWT1626E

Revision: 2006 November EC-202 2007 350Z

 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
ECM relay [Ignition switch: OFF]
24 BR/Y 0 - 1.5V
(Self shut-off) ● For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
D
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.1V
Mass air flow sensor ● Idle speed E
79 GY/R
(bank2) [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
● Engine speed: 2,500 rpm F
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
94 L/Y [Mass air flow sensor (bank ● Warm-up condition 0V
2)] ● Idle speed G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
H
Diagnostic Procedure NBS00055

1. INSPECTION START
I
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A >> GO TO 3. J
B >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K

Check the following for connection.
● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses L
● Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.

Revision: 2006 November EC-203 2007 350Z

 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-204 2007 350Z

 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

4. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.

EC

PBIB3501E

E
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)

2. Turn ignition switch ON. F

3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 2 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
H
NG >> GO TO 5.

I
PBIB1168E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness connectors M72, F102 K
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor
● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM L

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 68 (bank 1), 94
(bank 2).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-205 2007 350Z

 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 77 (bank 1), 79
(bank 2).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1).
Refer to EC-245, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1).

9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-455, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

10. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EC-206, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS006UZ

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B2”, and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V

MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.1V
MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
Revision: 2006 November EC-206 2007 350Z
 DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR

● Crushed air ducts

● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element A
● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element

● Improper specification of intake air system parts

EC
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
C
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. D
Without CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 77 [Mass air flow sensor
(bank 1) signal], 79 [Mass air flow sensor (bank 2) signal] and
ground. F
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
G
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
0.8 - 1.1
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal H
1.4 - 1.7
operating temperature.)
PBIB3470E
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. I
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
● Crushed air ducts
J
● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element

● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element

K
● Improper specification of intake air system parts

b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
If OK, go to next step. L
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again. M
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation NBS006V0

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-207 2007 350Z

 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR

DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR PFP:22680

Component Description NBS00058

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire is to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PBIA9559J

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS00059

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
MAS A/F SE-B1
See EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
MAS A/F SE-B2
● Engine: After warming up Idle 5% - 35%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
CAL/LD VALUE (M/T)
2,500 rpm 5% - 35%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
MASS AIRFLOW (M/T)
2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0005A

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0102
0102 ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P010C circuit low input sent to ECM. ● Intake air leaks
010C ● Mass air flow sensor
(Bank 2)
P0103
0103
● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P010D circuit high input sent to ECM.
● Mass air flow sensor
010D
(Bank 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

Revision: 2006 November EC-208 2007 350Z

 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0005B

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102, P010C
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. C
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-213, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST D
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103, P010D E
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. F
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-213, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. G
5. Check DTC.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-213, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
I

Revision: 2006 November EC-209 2007 350Z

 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS006U1

BANK 1

TBWT1625E

Revision: 2006 November EC-210 2007 350Z

 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
ECM relay [Ignition switch: OFF]
24 BR/Y 0 - 1.5V
(Self shut-off) ● For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
D
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
[Mass air flow sensor
68 B ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank1), Intake air tempera-
ture sensor (bank 1)] ● Idle speed E
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.1V
● Idle speed F
Mass air flow sensor
77 L/W
(bank1) [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
G
● Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
H

Revision: 2006 November EC-211 2007 350Z

 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR

BANK 2

TBWT1626E

Revision: 2006 November EC-212 2007 350Z

 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
ECM relay [Ignition switch: OFF]
24 BR/Y 0 - 1.5V
(Self shut-off) ● For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
D
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.1V
Mass air flow sensor ● Idle speed E
79 GY/R
(bank2) [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
● Engine speed: 2,500 rpm F
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
94 L/Y [Mass air flow sensor (bank ● Warm-up condition 0V
2)] ● Idle speed G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
H
Diagnostic Procedure NBS006U2

1. INSPECTION START
I
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102, P010C>>GO TO 2. J
P0103, P010D>>GO TO 3.

2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K

Check the following for connection.
● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses L
● Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.

Revision: 2006 November EC-213 2007 350Z

 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR

3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-214 2007 350Z

 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR

4. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.

EC

PBIB3501E

E
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)

2. Turn ignition switch ON. F

3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 2 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
H
NG >> GO TO 5.

I
PBIB1168E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness connectors M72, F102 K
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor
● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM L

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 68 (bank 1), 94
(bank 2).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-215 2007 350Z

 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR

7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 77 (bank 1), 79
(bank 2).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EC-216, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS006V1

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B2”, and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V

MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.1V
MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
● Crushed air ducts

● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element

● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element

● Improper specification of intake air system parts

b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.

If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

Revision: 2006 November EC-216 2007 350Z

 DTC P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR

2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 77 [Mass air flow sensor A
(bank 1) signal], 79 [Mass air flow sensor (bank 2) signal] and
ground.
EC
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating C
0.8 - 1.1
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.7
operating temperature.)
PBIB3470E
D
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. E
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
● Crushed air ducts

● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element F

● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element

● Improper specification of intake air system parts

G
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
H
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. I
Removal and Installation NBS006V2

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" . J

Revision: 2006 November EC-217 2007 350Z

 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630

Component Description NBS0005G

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
NOTE:
ECM uses only the intake air temperature sensor (bank 1) for engine
control and self-diagnosis.
It does not use the intake air temperature sensor (bank 2)
PBIA9559J

<Reference data>
Intake air temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 67 (Intake
air temperature sensor) (bank 1) and ground.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0005H

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0112 Intake air tempera-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0112 ture sensor circuit
sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0113 Intake air tempera-
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Intake air temperature sensor
0113 ture sensor circuit
sent to ECM.
(Bank 1) high input

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0005I

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-220, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-218 2007 350Z

 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS0005J

EC

TBWT1627E

Revision: 2006 November EC-219 2007 350Z

 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0005K

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-220 2007 350Z

 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR

2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1) harness connector.

EC

PBIB3501E

E
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)

2. Turn ignition switch ON. F

3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) terminal 5 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.
G
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
I
PBIB1169E

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1) ter- K
minal 6 and ECM terminal 68.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-222, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1).

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-221 2007 350Z

 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR

Component Inspection NBS0005L

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200

2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor) (bank 1).

PBIA9559J

SEF012P

Removal and Installation NBS0005M

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-222 2007 350Z

 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630

A
Component Description NBS0005N

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is used to detect the

engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal EC
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine
coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is
sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of
the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. C

SEF594K

E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
°C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 71 (Engine H
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P

CAUTION:
I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0005O
J
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name K
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0117 sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
cuit low input L
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem-
P0118 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
perature sensor cir-
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input
M

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)

Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.

Revision: 2006 November EC-223 2007 350Z

 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0005P

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-226, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-224 2007 350Z

 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS0005Q

EC

TBWT1629E

Revision: 2006 November EC-225 2007 350Z

 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0005R

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-226 2007 350Z

 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor (1).
EC
: Vehicle front

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

C

D
PBIB3503E

3. Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor ter- E

minal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power G
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0080E
H

3. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE sensor terminal 2 and ECM ter- J
minal 84.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR M

Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-227 2007 350Z

 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

Component Inspection NBS0005S

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB2005E

<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

Removal and Installation NBS0005T

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to CO-28, "WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPING" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-228 2007 350Z

 DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

A
Component Description NBS0005U

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, C
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the D
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E

E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0005V

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
TP SEN 1-B1 ● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
TP SEN 1-B2 (Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V G
TP SEN 2-B2* ● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)

*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0005W

H

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE: I
If DTC P0122, P0123, P0227 or P0228 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-514, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0122
0122 K
(Bank 1) Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0227 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM.
0227 ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 2)
L
(TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0123 ● Electric throttle control actuator
0123 (TP sensor 2)
(Bank 1) Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sen- M
P0228 2 circuit high input sor 2 is sent to ECM.
0228
(Bank 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-229 2007 350Z

 DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0005X

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-235, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-230 2007 350Z

 DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS0005Y

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1630E

Revision: 2006 November EC-231 2007 350Z

 DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 1 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
30 Y
(bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 2 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 L
(bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

40 R [Throttle position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 1)] ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
44 B [Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(bank 1)]

Revision: 2006 November EC-232 2007 350Z

 DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1631E

Revision: 2006 November EC-233 2007 350Z

 DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 1 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
31 L/G
(bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 2 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
35 L/Y
(bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
43 OR/L [Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(bank 2)]

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

48 W/L [Throttle position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 2)] ● Idle speed

Revision: 2006 November EC-234 2007 350Z

 DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0005Z

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-235 2007 350Z

 DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

PBIB3504E

1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Electric throttle control actuator

(bank 1) (bank 2)

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

PBIB3471E

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 40 (bank
1) or 48 (bank 2).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-236 2007 350Z

 DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 34 (bank 1) or 35 (bank 2) and electric throttle control
actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-237, "Component Inspection" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. F

6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

G
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H

>> INSPECTION END

I
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
J
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection NBS00060 K
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . L
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1) signal], 31 [TP sensor 1 (bank 2) signal], M
34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1) signal], 35 [TP sensor 2 (bank 2) signal] and ground under the following condi-
tions.

PBIB3472E

Revision: 2006 November EC-237 2007 350Z

 DTC P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1)] Fully released More than 0.36V

31 [TP sensor 1 (bank 2)] Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1)] Fully released Less than 4.75V

35 [TP sensor 2 (bank 2)] Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step.
7. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation NBS00061

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-238 2007 350Z

 DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR

DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630

A
Component Description NBS00062

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the EC
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. C

SEF594K

E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 71 (Engine H
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P

CAUTION:
I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS00063
J
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. K
Refer to EC-223, "DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
L
● Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not ● Harness or connectors
Insufficient engine cool- practical, even when some time has passed (High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 after starting the engine.
ant temperature for
0125 ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
closed loop fuel control ● Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for M
closed loop fuel control. ● Thermostat

Revision: 2006 November EC-239 2007 350Z

 DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS00064

CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F).
If it is above 10°C (50°F), the test result will be OK.
If it is below 10°C (50°F), go to following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 10°C (50°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-240 2007 350Z

 DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS00065

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-242, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-241 2007 350Z

 DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR

3. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION

When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY"
.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Refer to EC-225, "Wiring Diagram" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS00066

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB2005E

<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

Removal and Installation NBS00067

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to CO-28, "WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPING" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-242 2007 350Z

 DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR

DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630

A
Component Description NBS00068

The intake air temperature sensor (1) is built into mass air flow sen-
sor. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal EC
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C

PBIA9559J

E
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
°C (°F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 G
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 67 [Intake
air temperature sensor (bank 1)] and ground.

CAUTION: H
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS00069

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
P0127 Intake air temperature (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
0127 too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. ● Intake air temperature sensor K

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0006A

NOTE: L
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION: M
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F)
a. Turn ignition switch ON.
b. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
c. Check the engine coolant temperature.
d. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

Revision: 2006 November EC-243 2007 350Z

 DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR

4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-244, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS0006B

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-222, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1).

Revision: 2006 November EC-244 2007 350Z

 DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Refer to EC-219, "Wiring Diagram" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection NBS0006C
C
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the fol-
lowing conditions. D

Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 E
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor) (bank 1).
F

PBIA9559J

SEF012P
J

Removal and Installation NBS0006D

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-245 2007 350Z

 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION

DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION PFP:21200

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0006E

Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not
P0128 ● Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
Thermostat function reach to specified temperature even though
0128 stat
the engine has run long enough.
● Engine coolant temperature sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0006F

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
● For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
● For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 68°C (154°F).
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-26, "WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY" .
Use only a genuine NISSAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may
come on.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
If it is below 68°C (154°F), go to following step.
If it is above 68°C (154°F), cool down the engine to less than 60°C (140°F), then go to next step.
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE 80 - 120 km/h (50 - 75 MPH)

6. Check 1st trip DTC.

7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-246, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS0006G

1. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-247, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-246 2007 350Z

 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION

Component Inspection NBS0006H

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
EC

D
PBIB2005E

<Reference data> E

Engine coolant
Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
F
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 G
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

H
SEF012P

Removal and Installation NBS0006I

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR I

Refer to CO-28, "WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPING" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-247 2007 350Z

 DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1

DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 PFP:22693

Component Description NBS006U5

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3559E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).

PBIB3354E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000ET

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
● Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 2.2V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000EU

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0130 ● The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
0130 F sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 other than approx. 2.2V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
circuit shorted.)
P0150
● The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
0150 ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2V.
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS006U6

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.

If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.

Revision: 2006 November EC-248 2007 350Z

 DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1

3. Check 1st trip DTC.

4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. EC
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. C
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
D
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 1.5V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E
If the indication fluctuates around 1.5V, go to next step.
4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
F
5. Touch “START”.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
ENG SPEED 1,100 - 3,200 rpm G
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
H
Shift lever D position (A/T)
5th position (M/T)

If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. I

7. Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal. J
8. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from step 6.
9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. K
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check NBS006U7
L
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Set shift lever to D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until the
vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
7. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
9. Make sure that no 1st trip DTC is displayed.
If the 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-249 2007 350Z

 DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1

Wiring Diagram NBS006U8

BANK 1

TBWT1632E

Revision: 2006 November EC-250 2007 350Z

 DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
A/F sensor 1 heater
1 W/R ● Idle speed
(bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine) E
PBIB3538E

57 L A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] F
1.8V
61 R A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.
G
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-251 2007 350Z

 DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1

BANK 2

TBWT1633E

Revision: 2006 November EC-252 2007 350Z

 DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
2.9 - 8.8
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
A/F sensor 1 heater
5 GY/L ● Idle speed
(bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine) E
PBIB3538E

65 PU A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] F
1.8V
66 LG A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.
G
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-253 2007 350Z

 DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1

Diagnostic Procedure NBS006U9

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-254 2007 350Z

 DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1

2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

EC

PBIB3516E

E
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
: Vehicle front
F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. G
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
I

PBIB3308E

J
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
K
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse L

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

M

Revision: 2006 November EC-255 2007 350Z

 DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1

4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 57
Bank1
2 61
1 65
Bank 2
2 66

Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 57 1 65
2 61 2 66

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.

6. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1.
CAUTION:
● Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads (using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12) and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation NBS006UA

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-256 2007 350Z

 DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1

DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 PFP:22693

A
Component Description NBS006UB

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec- EC
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar- D
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3559E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the E
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
F

H
PBIB3354E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS006UC

I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1)
● Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at
Fluctuates around 2.2V J
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS006UD

K
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause L
P0131
0131 ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 ● The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.) M
P0151 circuit low voltage F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V.
0151 ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)

Revision: 2006 November EC-257 2007 350Z

 DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS006UE

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, go to EC-263, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever Suitable position

NOTE:
● Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.

● If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-263, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-258 2007 350Z

 DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1

Wiring Diagram NBS006UF

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1632E

Revision: 2006 November EC-259 2007 350Z

 DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
A/F sensor 1 heater
1 W/R ● Idle speed
(bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIB3538E

57 L A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] 1.8V
61 R A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-260 2007 350Z

 DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1633E

Revision: 2006 November EC-261 2007 350Z

 DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

2.9 - 8.8
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
A/F sensor 1 heater
5 GY/L ● Idle speed
(bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIB3538E

65 PU A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] 1.8V
66 LG A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-262 2007 350Z

 DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1

Diagnostic Procedure NBS006UG

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-263 2007 350Z

 DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1

2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

PBIB3516E

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
: Vehicle front

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB3308E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-264 2007 350Z

 DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1

4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
C
1 57
Bank1
2 61
1 65 D
Bank 2
2 66

Continuity should exist. E

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.

Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 57 1 65 G
2 61 2 66

Continuity should not exist. H

5. Also check harness for short to power.

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

Perform EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
L
6. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1.
M
CAUTION:
● Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads (using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12) and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation NBS006UH

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-265 2007 350Z

 DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1

DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 PFP:22693

Component Description NBS006UI

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3559E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).

PBIB3354E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS006UJ

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
● Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 2.2V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS006UK

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0132
0132 ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 ● The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0152 circuit high voltage F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5V. shorted.)
0152 ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)

Revision: 2006 November EC-266 2007 350Z

 DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000EA

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION: EC
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. C
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
D
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5V, go to EC-272, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. F
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
G
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever Suitable position H
NOTE:
● Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.

● If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step I
4.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-272, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. K

Revision: 2006 November EC-267 2007 350Z

 DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1

Wiring Diagram NBS006UL

BANK 1

TBWT1632E

Revision: 2006 November EC-268 2007 350Z

 DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
A/F sensor 1 heater
1 W/R ● Idle speed
(bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine) E
PBIB3538E

57 L A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] F
1.8V
61 R A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.
G
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-269 2007 350Z

 DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1

BANK 2

TBWT1633E

Revision: 2006 November EC-270 2007 350Z

 DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
2.9 - 8.8
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
A/F sensor 1 heater
5 GY/L ● Idle speed
(bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine) E
PBIB3538E

65 PU A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] F
1.8V
66 LG A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.
G
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-271 2007 350Z

 DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1

Diagnostic Procedure NBS006UM

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-272 2007 350Z

 DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1

2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

EC

PBIB3516E

E
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
: Vehicle front
F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. G
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
I

PBIB3308E

J
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
K
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse L

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

M

Revision: 2006 November EC-273 2007 350Z

 DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1

4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 57
Bank1
2 61
1 65
Bank 2
2 66

Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 57 1 65
2 61 2 66

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.

6. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1.
CAUTION:
● Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads (using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12) and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation NBS006UN

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-274 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 PFP:22693

A
Component Description NBS006UO

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec- EC
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar- D
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3559E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the E
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
F

H
PBIB3354E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS006UP

I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1)
● Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at
Fluctuates around 2.2V J
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000F2

K
To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com-
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not. L
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0133 ● Harness or connectors
0133
M
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
(Bank 1) shorted.)
● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
● The response of the A/F signal computed by
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 ● Fuel pressure
ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than
P0153 circuit slow response
the specified time. ● Fuel injector
0153
(Bank 2) ● Intake air leaks
● Exhaust gas leaks
● PCV valve
● Mass air flow sensor

Revision: 2006 November EC-275 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000F3

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) or “A/F SEN1(B2) P1288/P1289” (for DTC P0153)
of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step.
7. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFI-
CATION VALUE" .
8. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle at under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
9. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECI-
FICATION VALUE" .
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-281, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Make sure that the total percentage should be within ±15%.
If OK, go to the following step.
If NG, check the following.
● Intake air leaks

● Exhaust gas leaks

● Incorrect fuel pressure

● Lack of fuel

● Fuel injector

● Incorrect PCV hose connection

● PCV valve

● Mass air flow sensor

4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-281, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-276 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

Wiring Diagram NBS006UQ

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1632E

Revision: 2006 November EC-277 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
A/F sensor 1 heater
1 W/R ● Idle speed
(bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIB3538E

57 L A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] 1.8V
61 R A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-278 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1633E

Revision: 2006 November EC-279 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

2.9 - 8.8
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
A/F sensor 1 heater
5 GY/L ● Idle speed
(bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIB3538E

65 PU A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] 1.8V
66 LG A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-280 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

Diagnostic Procedure NBS006UR

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-281 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

2. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.

PBIB3517E

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)

: Vehicle front

Tightening torque: 50 N-m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.

PBIB1922E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.

4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.

Revision: 2006 November EC-282 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
E

H
PBIB3501E

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
I
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. J
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION" .
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed. K
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No L
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-324, "DTC
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" or EC-334, "DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" . M
No >> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2006 November EC-283 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

6. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.

PBIB3516E

1. A/F sensor 1 harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 harness connector

(bank 1) (bank 2)
: Vehicle front

3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

PBIB3308E

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-284 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

8. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
C
1 57
Bank1
2 61
1 65 D
Bank 2
2 66

Continuity should exist. E

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.

Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 57 1 65 G
2 61 2 66

Continuity should not exist. H

5. Also check harness for short to power.

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER J

Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1.
L
10. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-206, "Component Inspection" .
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.

11. CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-44, "POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve.

12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair or replace.

Revision: 2006 November EC-285 2007 350Z

 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1

13. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1.
CAUTION:
● Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads (using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12) and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation NBS006US

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-286 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 PFP:226A0

A
Component Description NBS000CW

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R

E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000CX

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
– Engine: After warming up G
HO2S2 (B2) 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- H
tions are met
HO2S2 MNTR(B1)
– Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR(B2)
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and I
at idle for 1 minute under no load

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000CY

J
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity before the three way catalyst 1 causes the
K
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-
cut. L

M
SEF259VA

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0137 ● Harness or connectors
0137 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Bank 1) ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor The maximum voltage from the sensor is not
P0157 2 circuit low voltage reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
0157 ● Fuel injector
(Bank 2)
● Intake air leaks

Revision: 2006 November EC-287 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000CZ

NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-293, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check NBS000D0

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 76 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 80 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this PBIB3473E
procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-293, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-288 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

Wiring Diagram NBS000D1

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1634E

Revision: 2006 November EC-289 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] 0 - 14V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
17 P
heater (bank 1) minute under no load. PBIB3545E

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
76 W/R 0 - 1.0V
(bank 1) – Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2, [Engine is running]
84 G Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor, Engine oil tempera- ● Idle speed
ture sensor)

Revision: 2006 November EC-290 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1635E

Revision: 2006 November EC-291 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] 0 - 14V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
33 PU/W
heater (bank 2) minute under no load. PBIB3545E

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
80 R/Y 0 - 1.0V
(bank 2) – Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2, [Engine is running]
84 G Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor, Engine oil tempera- ● Idle speed
ture sensor)

Revision: 2006 November EC-292 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000D2

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-293 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.

PBIB3501E

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)

4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171or P0174. Refer to EC-324, "DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2006 November EC-294 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. EC

E
PBIB3502E

1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
F
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
G
: Vehicle front

4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM terminal 84.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows. K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminals
DTC Bank L
ECM Sensor
P0137 76 4 1
P0157 80 4 2 M

Continuity should exist.

2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0137 76 4 1
P0157 80 4 2

Continuity should not exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-295 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS000D3

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB3458E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 76 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 80 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.

Revision: 2006 November EC-296 2007 350Z

 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2

6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load

at least 10 times. A
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
EC
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D C
position (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB3473E
procedure. D
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 E
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. F
Removal and Installation NBS000D4

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" . G

Revision: 2006 November EC-297 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 PFP:226A0

Component Description NBS001NK

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS001NL

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met
HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
– Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 (B2) 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met
HO2S2 MNTR(B1)
– Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR(B2)
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS001NM

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel-cut.

PBIB1848E

MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

PBIB2376E

Revision: 2006 November EC-298 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
P0138 ● Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0138 A)
sor is sent to ECM.
(Bank 1) ● Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC
Heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors
2 circuit high voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0158
The minimum voltage from the sensor is ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
0158 B)
not reached to the specified voltage.
C
(Bank 2) ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS001NN

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.

If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. H
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-305, "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A" .
I
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
J
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
K
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). M
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
6. Open engine hood.
7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
8. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-308, "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.

Revision: 2006 November EC-299 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

Overall Function Check NBS001NW

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 76 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] or 80 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB3473E
procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-308, "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-300 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

Wiring Diagram NBS006UT

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1634E

Revision: 2006 November EC-301 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] 0 - 14V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
17 P
heater (bank 1) minute under no load. PBIB3545E

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
76 W/R 0 - 1.0V
(bank 1) – Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2, [Engine is running]
84 G Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor, Engine oil tempera- ● Idle speed
ture sensor)

Revision: 2006 November EC-302 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1635E

Revision: 2006 November EC-303 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] 0 - 14V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
33 PU/W
heater (bank 2) minute under no load. PBIB3545E

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
80 R/Y 0 - 1.0V
(bank 2) – Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2, [Engine is running]
84 G Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor, Engine oil tempera- ● Idle speed
ture sensor)

Revision: 2006 November EC-304 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

Diagnostic Procedure NBS001NO

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A A

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
C

F
PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front G
Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
H
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152 L

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-305 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

2. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

PBIB3502E

1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
: Vehicle front

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM terminal 84.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 76 4 1
P0158 80 4 2

Continuity should exist.

2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 76 4 1
P0158 80 4 2

Continuity should not exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-306 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

4. CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER A

Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. E

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F

>> INSPECTION END

G

Revision: 2006 November EC-307 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-308 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 sec- E
onds at idle speed.

PBIB3501E

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air I
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)

4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
J
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION" .
K
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine? L
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-334, "DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" . M
No >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2006 November EC-309 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

PBIB3502E

1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
: Vehicle front

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM terminal 84.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 76 4 1
P0158 80 4 2

Continuity should exist.

2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 76 4 1
P0158 80 4 2

Continuity should not exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-310 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A

Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. EC
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection NBS0006P

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 E

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
G
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
H
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB3458E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. L
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 M
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 76 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 80 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.

Revision: 2006 November EC-311 2007 350Z

 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2

6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load

at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation NBS0006Q

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-312 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 PFP:226A0

A
Component Description NBS0006R

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R

E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0006S

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
HO2S2 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
– Engine: After warming up G
HO2S2 (B2) 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- H
tions are met
HO2S2 MNTR(B1)
– Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR(B2)
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and I
at idle for 1 minute under no load

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0006T

J
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity before the three way catalyst 1 causes the
K
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut. L

M
SEF302U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0139 ● Harness or connectors
0139 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Bank 1) ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor It takes more time for the sensor to respond
P0159 2 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
0159 ● Fuel injector
(Bank 2)
● Intake air leaks

Revision: 2006 November EC-313 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0006U

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
6. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
7. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
8. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-319, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check NBS0006V

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 76 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 80 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.24V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T).
A change of voltage should be more than 0.24V for 1 sec- PBIB3473E
ond during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-319, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-314 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

Wiring Diagram NBS006UU

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1634E

Revision: 2006 November EC-315 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] 0 - 14V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
17 P
heater (bank 1) minute under no load. PBIB3545E

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
76 W/R 0 - 1.0V
(bank 1) – Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2, [Engine is running]
84 G Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor, Engine oil tempera- ● Idle speed
ture sensor)

Revision: 2006 November EC-316 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1635E

Revision: 2006 November EC-317 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] 0 - 14V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
33 PU/W
heater (bank 2) minute under no load. PBIB3545E

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
Heated oxygen sensor 2 met.
80 R/Y 0 - 1.0V
(bank 2) – Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor 2, [Engine is running]
84 G Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor, Engine oil tempera- ● Idle speed
ture sensor)

Revision: 2006 November EC-318 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

Diagnostic Procedure NBS006UV

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-319 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.

PBIB3501E

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)

4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-324, "DTC
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" or EC-334, "DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2006 November EC-320 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
EC

PBIB3502E
E

1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
F
harness connector
: Vehicle front
G
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM terminal 84.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows. K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminals
DTC Bank L
ECM Sensor
P0139 76 4 1
P0159 80 4 2 M

Continuity should exist.

2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 76 4 1
P0159 80 4 2

Continuity should not exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-321 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-322, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS006UW

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB3458E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 76 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 80 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.

Revision: 2006 November EC-322 2007 350Z

 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2

6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load

at least 10 times. A
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
EC
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D C
position (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB3473E
procedure. D
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 E
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. F
Removal and Installation NBS006UX

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" . G

Revision: 2006 November EC-323 2007 350Z

 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS00070

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensors 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0171 ● Intake air leaks
0171 ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 1)
● Fuel injector
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too ● Exhaust gas leaks
lean ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
P0174 ● Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
0174 ● Lack of fuel
(Bank 2)
● Mass air flow sensor
● Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS00071

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Start engine again and le it idle for at least 10 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-
330, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
c. Drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes.
Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).

Revision: 2006 November EC-324 2007 350Z

 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-330, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
C

F
PBIB3501E

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2) G
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
H
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
I
9. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a mal-
function exists. If so, go to EC-330, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE: J
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min- K
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time. L

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) M
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-330, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

Revision: 2006 November EC-325 2007 350Z

 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

Wiring Diagram NBS00072

BANK 1

TBWT1636E

Revision: 2006 November EC-326 2007 350Z

 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
A/F sensor 1 heater
1 W/R ● Idle speed
(bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine) E
PBIB3538E

57 L A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] F
1.8V
61 R A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition H
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
I
81 R/B Fuel injector No. 3 PBIB3555E
86 W/B Fuel injector No. 5
89 G/Y Fuel injector No. 1 BATTERY VOLTAGE J
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition K
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

L
PBIB3556E

Revision: 2006 November EC-327 2007 350Z

 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

BANK 2

TBWT1638E

Revision: 2006 November EC-328 2007 350Z

 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
2.9 - 8.8
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
A/F sensor 1 heater
5 GY/L ● Idle speed
(bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine) E
PBIB3538E

65 PU A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] F
1.8V
66 LG A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition H
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
I
82 L/R Fuel injector No. 6 PBIB3555E
85 BR Fuel injector No. 2
90 Y/R Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE J
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition K
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

L
PBIB3556E

Revision: 2006 November EC-329 2007 350Z

 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

Diagnostic Procedure NBS00073

1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.

PBIB1922E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

Revision: 2006 November EC-330 2007 350Z

 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

3. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
EC

PBIB3516E
E

1. A/F sensor 1 harness connector 2. A/Fsensor 1 harness connector

(bank 1) (bank 2)
F
: Vehicle front

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. G
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
H
1 57
Bank 1
2 61
1 65 I
Bank 2
2 66

Continuity should exist. J

5. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 57 1 65 L
2 61 2 66

Continuity should not exist. M

6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-79, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-80, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2006 November EC-331 2007 350Z

 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-691, "FUEL PUMP" .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-80, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" )
● Fuel lines (Refer to FL-3, "Checking Fuel Lines" .)
● Fuel filter for clogging

>> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up normal temperature.
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up normal temperature.
3. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-197, "DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR" .

7. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clickng sound should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-686, "FUEL INJECTOR" .

PBIB3332E

Revision: 2006 November EC-332 2007 350Z

 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

8. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. EC
4. Remove fuel injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-34, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery.
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1. C
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2.
6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
D
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 1. E
For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 2.
F
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. G
NG >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. PBIB1726E

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

I
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-333 2007 350Z

 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS00074

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensors 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0172 ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
0172
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Fuel injector
(Bank 1) Fuel injection system too
● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
P0175 rich
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) ● Incorrect fuel pressure
0175
(Bank 2) ● Mass air flow sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS00075

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
The 1st trip DTC P0172, P0175 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists.
If so, go to EC-340, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
c. Drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time.
Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-340, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc.

Revision: 2006 November EC-334 2007 350Z

 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. Then restart and run engine for at least 5
seconds at idle speed. EC

E
PBIB3501E

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2) F

4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
5. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. G
6. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 should be detected at this stage, if a mal- H
function exists. If so, go to EC-340, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. I
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below. J
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time. K
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
L
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F). M

9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-340, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc.

Revision: 2006 November EC-335 2007 350Z

 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

Wiring Diagram NBS006UY

BANK 1

TBWT1636E

Revision: 2006 November EC-336 2007 350Z

 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
A/F sensor 1 heater
1 W/R ● Idle speed
(bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine) E
PBIB3538E

57 L A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] F
1.8V
61 R A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition H
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
I
81 R/B Fuel injector No. 3 PBIB3555E
86 W/B Fuel injector No. 5
89 G/Y Fuel injector No. 1 BATTERY VOLTAGE J
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition K
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

L
PBIB3556E

Revision: 2006 November EC-337 2007 350Z

 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

BANK 2

TBWT1638E

Revision: 2006 November EC-338 2007 350Z

 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
2.9 - 8.8
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
A/F sensor 1 heater
5 GY/L ● Idle speed
(bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine) E
PBIB3538E

65 PU A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] F
1.8V
66 LG A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition H
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
I
82 L/R Fuel injector No. 6 PBIB3555E
85 BR Fuel injector No. 2
90 Y/R Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE J
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition K
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

L
PBIB3556E

Revision: 2006 November EC-339 2007 350Z

 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

Diagnostic Procedure NBS00077

1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.

PBIB1922E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

Revision: 2006 November EC-340 2007 350Z

 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

3. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
EC

PBIB3516E
E

1. A/F sensor 1 harness connector 2. A/F sensor 1 harness connector

(bank 1) (bank 2)
F
: Vehicle front

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. G
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
H
Bank 1 1 57
2 61
1 65 I
Bank 2
2 66

Continuity should exist. J

5. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 57 1 65 L
2 61 2 66

Continuity should not exist. M

6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-79, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-80, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2006 November EC-341 2007 350Z

 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-691, "FUEL PUMP" .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-80, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .)

>> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal temperature.
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal temperature.
3. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-197, "DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR" .

7. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clickng sound should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-686, "FUEL INJECTOR" .

PBIB3332E

Revision: 2006 November EC-342 2007 350Z

 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION

8. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR A

1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-34, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. EC
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors. C
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
D
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
E
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F

>> INSPECTION END

G

Revision: 2006 November EC-343 2007 350Z

 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR

DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630

Component Description NBS00078

The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.

PBIB1665E

<Reference data>
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 106 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS00079

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
Fuel tank temperature
P0181 sent to ECM, compared with the voltage sig- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sensor circuit range/
0181 nals from engine coolant temperature sensor
performance ● Fuel tank temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0007A

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-346, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F).
6. Wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-346, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-344 2007 350Z

 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS0007B

EC

TBWT1640E

Revision: 2006 November EC-345 2007 350Z

 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0007C

1. CHECK DTC WITH “UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.”

Refer to DI-47, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Go to DI-19, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection" .

2. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1665E

3. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0932E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors B1, M12
● Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.

4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “unified meter and A/C amp.” harness connector M49.
3. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and “unified meter and
A/C amp.” terminal 36. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2006 November EC-346 2007 350Z

 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
● Harness connectors B1, M12
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and “unified meter and A/C EC
amp.”

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. C

6. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

D
Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. E
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END G

Component Inspection NBS0007D

FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the fig- I
ure.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 J
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
3. If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit. K

PBIB0931E

Removal and Installation NBS0007E

L
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
M

Revision: 2006 November EC-347 2007 350Z

 DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR

DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630

Component Description NBS0007F

The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.

PBIB1665E

<Reference data>
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 106 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0007G

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0182 Fuel tank temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
● Harness or connectors
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0183 Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
● Fuel tank temperature sensor
0183 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0007H

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-350, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-348 2007 350Z

 DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS0007I

EC

TBWT1640E

Revision: 2006 November EC-349 2007 350Z

 DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0007J

1. CHECK DTC WITH “UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.”

Refer to DI-47, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Go to DI-19, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection" .

2. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1665E

3. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0932E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors B1, M12
● Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.

4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “unified meter and A/C amp.” harness connector M49.
3. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and “unified meter and
A/C amp.” terminal 36. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2006 November EC-350 2007 350Z

 DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
● Harness connectors B1, M12
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and “unified meter and A/C EC
amp.”

>> Repair open circuit short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. C

6. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

D
Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. E
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END G

Component Inspection NBS0007K

FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the fig- I
ure.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 J
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
3. If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit. K

PBIB0931E

Removal and Installation NBS0007L

L
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
M

Revision: 2006 November EC-351 2007 350Z

 DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR

DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR PFP:22630

Component Description NBS006TK

The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

< Reference data>

Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 78 (Engine
oil temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS006TL

NOTE:
If DTC P0196 is displayed with P0197 or P0198, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0197 or
P0198. Refer to EC-356, "DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
Engine oil temperature
P0196 sent to ECM, compared with the voltage sig- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sensor range/perfor-
0196 nals from engine coolant temperature sensor
mance ● Engine oil temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine oil temperature
Exhaust valve timing control does not function.
sensor

Revision: 2006 November EC-352 2007 350Z

 DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS006TM

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. C
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds.
D
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-354, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following steps.
E
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates above 80°C (176°F).
If it is above 80°C (176°F), go to the following steps.
If it is below 80°C (176°F), warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 80°C F
(176°F). Then go to the following steps.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle at cool place.
8. Turn ignition switch ON. G
NOTE:
Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 12
H
9. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
10. Check the following.
COOLAN TEMP/S Below 40°C (104°F) I
INT/A TEMP SE Below 40°C (104°F)
Difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “INT/A TEMP SE” Within 6°C (11°F)
J
If they are within the specified range, go to following steps.
If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to met the above conditions. Then go to following
steps. K
NOTE:
● Do not turn ignition switch OFF.

● If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery. L

11. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
12. Check 1st trip DTC.
13. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-354, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-353 2007 350Z

 DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS006TN

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-355, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Refer to EC-357, "Wiring Diagram" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-354 2007 350Z

 DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR

Component Inspection NBS006TO

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

1. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
EC

D
PBIB2005E

<Reference data> E

Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
G
2. If NG, replace engine oil temperature sensor.

H
SEF012P

Removal and Installation NBS006TP

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR I

Refer to EM-26, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-355 2007 350Z

 DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR

DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR PFP:22630

Component Description NBS006TQ

The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 78 (Engine oil
temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS006TR

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine oil tempera-
P0197 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit ● Harness or connectors
0197 sent to ECM.
low input (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is
Engine oil tempera- open or shorted.)
P0198 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit ● Engine oil temperature sensor
0198 sent to ECM.
high input

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine oil temperature
Exhaust valve timing control does not function.
sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS006TS

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-358, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-356 2007 350Z

 DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS006TT

EC

TBWT1684E

Revision: 2006 November EC-357 2007 350Z

 DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS006TU

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-358 2007 350Z

 DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR

2. CHECK EOT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor (1) harness
connector.
EC
: Vehicle front

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

C

D
PBIB3562E

3. Check voltage between EOT sensor terminal 1 and ground with E

CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. G

PBIB0080E H

3. CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and ECT sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

4. CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

M
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-359 2007 350Z

 DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR

Component Inspection NBS006TV

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB2005E

<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine oil temperature sensor.

SEF012P

Removal and Installation NBS006TW

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EM-26, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-360 2007 350Z

 DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

A
Component Description NBS0007M

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, C
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the D
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E

E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0007N

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
TP SEN 1-B1 ● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
TP SEN 1-B2 (Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V G
TP SEN 2-B2* ● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)

*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0007O

H

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE: I
If DTC P0222, P0223, P2132 or P2133 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-514, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
P0222
0222
(Bank 1) Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor K
P2132 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM.
2133 ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 2) (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
L
P0223 ● Electric throttle control actuator
0223 (TP sensor 1)
(Bank 1) Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sen-
1 circuit high input sor 1 is sent to ECM. M
P2133
2133
(Bank 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode an the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-361 2007 350Z

 DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0007P

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-367, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-362 2007 350Z

 DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS006V3

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1641E

Revision: 2006 November EC-363 2007 350Z

 DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 1 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
30 Y
(bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 2 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 L
(bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

40 R [Throttle position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 1)] ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
44 B [Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(bank 1)]

Revision: 2006 November EC-364 2007 350Z

 DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1642E

Revision: 2006 November EC-365 2007 350Z

 DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 1 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
31 L/G
(bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Throttle position sensor 2 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
35 L/Y
(bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
43 OR/L [Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(bank 2)]

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

48 W/L [Throttle position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 2)] ● Idle speed

Revision: 2006 November EC-366 2007 350Z

 DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0007R

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-367 2007 350Z

 DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

PBIB3504E

1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Electric throttle control actuator

(bank 1) (bank 2)

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

PBIB3471E

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness.

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 6 and ECM terminal 44 (bank
1) or 43 (bank 2).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.

Revision: 2006 November EC-368 2007 350Z

 DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 40 (bank EC
1) or 48 (bank 2). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 30 (bank 1) or 31 (bank 2) and electric throttle control
actuator terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-369, "Component Inspection" .
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
J
7. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. K
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
L
>> INSPECTION END

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS006V4

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position.

Revision: 2006 November EC-369 2007 350Z

 DTC P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR

5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1) signal], 31 [TP sensor 1 (bank 2) signal],
34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1) signal], 35 [TP sensor 2 (bank 2) signal] and ground under the following condi-
tions.

PBIB3472E

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1)] Fully released More than 0.36V

31 [TP sensor 1 (bank 2)] Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1)] Fully released Less than 4.75V

35 [TP sensor 2 (bank 2)] Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step.
7. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation NBS006V5

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-370 2007 350Z

 DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE

DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-

FIRE PFP:00000 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0007U

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire C

The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) D
On the 1st trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change. E
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a 2nd trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only G
light when the misfire is detected on a 2nd trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire ● Improper spark plug
Multiple cylinder misfire. I
0300 detected
● Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 1 cylinder misfires. ●
0301 detected
● The fuel injector circuit is open or
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire J
No. 2 cylinder misfires. shorted
0302 detected
● Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire
No. 3 cylinder misfires. ● Intake air leak
0303 detected K
● The ignition signal circuit is open or
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire
No. 4 cylinder misfires. shorted
0304 detected
● Lack of fuel
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfire L
No. 5 cylinder misfires. ● Signal plate
0305 detected
● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0306 No. 6 cylinder misfire
No. 6 cylinder misfires. ● Incorrect PCV hose connection
0306 detected M

Revision: 2006 November EC-371 2007 350Z

 DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0007V

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-372, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).

The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS0007W

1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.

Revision: 2006 November EC-372 2007 350Z

 DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE

2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING A

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3. EC
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace it.
C
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-III
D
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?
Yes or No E
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 9.

4. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR F

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine. G
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
H
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. I
Clickng sound should be heard.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-686, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
K

PBIB3332E L

Revision: 2006 November EC-373 2007 350Z

 DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE

5. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils. PBIB2206E

8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be

checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
●Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock PBIB2325E
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20kV or more.
● It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.

NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-698, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-374 2007 350Z

 DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE

7. CHECK SPARK PLUG A

Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For EC
spark plug type, refer to MA-18, "Changing Spark Plugs
(Iridium-Tipped Type)" .
NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. C
2. GO TO 8.

D
SEF156I

8. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III E

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.

2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
F
the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG G
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-18, "Changing
Spark Plugs (Iridium-Tipped Type)" . H

9. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE

I
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-89, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. J
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.

10. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

K
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-79, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-80, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" . L

At idle: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-691, "FUEL PUMP" .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-80, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .)
● Fuel lines (Refer tor FL-3, "Checking Fuel Lines" .)
● Fuel filter for clogging

>> Repair or replace.

Revision: 2006 November EC-375 2007 350Z

 DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE

12. CHECK IGNITION TIMING

Check the following items. Refer to EC-71, "Basic Inspection" .
Items Specifications
A/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Target idle speed
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in neutral position)
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in neutral position)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Follow the EC-71, "Basic Inspection" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-376 2007 350Z

 DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE

13. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
EC

PBIB3516E
E

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
F
: Vehicle front

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. G
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
H
1 57
Bank 1
2 61
1 65 I
Bank 2
2 66

Continuity should exist. J

5. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 57 1 65 L
2 61 2 66

Continuity should not exist. M

6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1.

Revision: 2006 November EC-377 2007 350Z

 DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE

15. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal temperature.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal temperature.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-197, "DTC P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR" .

16. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-90, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Repair or replace.

17. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests.
Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

>> GO TO 18.

18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-378 2007 350Z

 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS PFP:22060

A
Component Description NBS0007X

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from EC
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
1 : Knock sensor (bank 1) C
2 : Knock sensor (bank 2)

PBIB3505E

E
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0007Y

The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
DTC detected condition Possible cause
F
name
P0327
0327 G
(Bank 1) Knock sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0332 low input sent to ECM.
0332
(Bank 2)
● Harness or connectors H
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
● Knock sensor
0328
(Bank 1) Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is I
P0333 high input sent to ECM.
0333
(Bank 2) J
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0007Z

NOTE: K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. L

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
M
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-383, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-379 2007 350Z

 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

Wiring Diagram NBS00080

BANK 1

TBWT1643E

Revision: 2006 November EC-380 2007 350Z

 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Sensor ground [Engine is running] C

72 — [Knock sensor (bank 1), ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Knock sensor (bank 2)] ● Idle speed
[Engine is running] D
73 W Knock sensor (bank 1) Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed

Revision: 2006 November EC-381 2007 350Z

 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

BANK 2

TBWT1644E

Revision: 2006 November EC-382 2007 350Z

 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
69 W Knock sensor (bank 2) Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

72 — [Knock sensor (bank 1), ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V D
Knock sensor (bank 2)] ● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure NBS00081

E
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 73 (bank 1), 69 (bank 2) and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE: G
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. I
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II J
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
1 : Knock sensor (bank 1)
2 : Knock sensor (bank 2)
K

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 (bank 1),

69 (bank 2) and knock sensor terminal 1.
L
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. M
OK or NG PBIB3505E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F48, F251
● Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-383 2007 350Z

 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

4. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

Refer to EC-385, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.

5. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-384 2007 350Z

 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

6. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 72 and knock sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. D

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. E
● Harness connectors F48, F251
● Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor
F

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection NBS00082
I
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE: J
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] K
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones. L

SEF111Y

Removal and Installation NBS00083

M
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-107, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-385 2007 350Z

 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731

Component Description NBS00084

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
PBIB3563E
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB3572E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS00085

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS00086

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or
shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
is not detected by the ECM during the first (EVAP control system pressure sensor
few seconds of engine cranking. circuit is shorted.)
● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P0335 Crankshaft position
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM shorted.)
0335 sensor (POS) circuit
while the engine is running. ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
is not in the normal pattern during engine (bank 2)
running.
● Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
● Refrigerant pressure sensor
● Signal plate

Revision: 2006 November EC-386 2007 350Z

 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS00087

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-III C
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
D
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-390, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. E

Revision: 2006 November EC-387 2007 350Z

 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)

Wiring Diagram NBS00088

TBWT1645E

Revision: 2006 November EC-388 2007 350Z

 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
4.0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle. E
PBIB3549E
Crankshaft position sensor
37 LG/B
(POS)
4.0 - 5.0V
F

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G

PBIB3550E
H
Sensor power supply
46 R/B [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(POS)]
[Engine is running] I
Sensor ground
47 Y/G [Crankshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(POS)] ● Idle speed
J
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
64 W/G (PHASE) (bank 2), Exhaust [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position K
sensor (bank 2)]
Sensor power supply
103 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
L
sensor 2)
Sensor power supply
107 BR (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sure sensor) M
Sensor power supply
111 OR (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sor)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-389 2007 350Z

 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)

Diagnostic Procedure NBS00089

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-390 2007 350Z

 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)

2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (2) harness
connector.
1 : A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
EC
: Vehicle front

2. Turn ignition switch ON. C

D
PBIB3506E

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and E

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 3. G

PBIB3312E
H

3. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 46. J
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
L
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. M
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
46 CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-388
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-399
64
EVT control position sensor (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-532
103 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-643
107 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-458
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-711

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-391 2007 350Z

 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)

5. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .)
● Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection" .)
● EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-464, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-80, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

6. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-648, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

8. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

9. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 37.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-392 2007 350Z

 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)

10. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A

Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. EC
NG >> Replace CKP sensor (POS).

11. CHECK GEAR TOOTH C

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.

12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection NBS0008A
G
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect CKP sensor (POS) harness connector.
H
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
I

PBIB3564E

L
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
M
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-)

PBIA9584J

Removal and Installation NBS0008B

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EM-26, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-393 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731

Component Description NBS0008C

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
PBIB3565E
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB3572E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0008D

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0008E

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-514, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-394 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
● Harness or connectors
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit is
open or shorted.]
EC
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1)
P0340
0340 ● Camshaft (INT)
(Bank 1)
C
● Starter motor (Refer to SC-8, "START-
ING SYSTEM" .)
● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-8,
"STARTING SYSTEM" .) D
● Dead (Weak) battery
● Harness or connectors
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
E
open or shorted.]
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
● The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM [EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
for the first few seconds during engine
F
cuit is shorted.]
cranking. (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
Camshaft position sen-
● The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM (EVAP control system pressure sensor
sor (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. circuit is shorted.) G
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
pattern during engine running. shorted.)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) H
P0345 (bank 2)
0345 ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
(Bank 2)
● Exhaust valve timing control position I
sensor (bank 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
● EVAP control system pressure sensor J
● Refrigerant pressure sensor
● Camshaft (INT)
● Starter motor (Refer to SC-8, "START- K
ING SYSTEM" .)
● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-8,
"STARTING SYSTEM" .) L
● Dead (Weak) battery

Revision: 2006 November EC-395 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0008F

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-400, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-400, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-396 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

Wiring Diagram NBS0008G

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1646E

Revision: 2006 November EC-397 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

3.0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
PBIB3553E
Camshaft position sensor
59 BR/Y
(PHASE) (bank 1)
3.0 - 5.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3554E

Sensor power supply

[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) (bank 1), Exhaust
60 R/L [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
sensor (bank 1), Power
steering pressure sensor]
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
[Camshaft position sensor
96 P/L ● Warm-up condition 0V
(PHASE) (bank 1), Power
steering pressure sensor] ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-398 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1647E

Revision: 2006 November EC-399 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
46 R/B [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(POS)]

3.0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
Camshaft position sensor PBIB3553E
63 SB
(PHASE) (bank 2)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3554E

Sensor power supply

[Camshaft position sensor
64 W/G (PHASE) (bank 2), Exhaust [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)]

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

92 B/P [Camshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(PHASE) (bank 2)] ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
103 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 2)
Sensor power supply
107 BR (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
111 OR (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sor)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0008H

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-8, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

Revision: 2006 November EC-400 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" . EC

E
PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

F
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

PBIB3561E
K
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152
(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
L
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-401 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.

PBIB3518E

1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG-1 >> P0340: Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to
power in harness or connectors.
NG-2 >> P0345: GO TO 4.

PBIB3312E

4. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 64.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit.

Revision: 2006 November EC-402 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
46 CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-388
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-399
64
EVT control position sensor (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-532 C
103 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-643
107 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-458
D
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor 1 EC-711
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. E
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COMPONENTS F
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .)
● Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection" .) G
● EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-464, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-80, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .) H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component. I
7. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-648, "Component Inspection" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 8. K

8. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

L
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . M
4. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

9. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 (bank 2) or 96 (bank 1) and CMP sensor (PHASE)
terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-403 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

10. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 (bank 1) or 63 (bank 2) and CMP sensor (PHASE)
terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning CMP sensor (PHASE).

12. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)

Check the following.
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIB3533E

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-404 2007 350Z

 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)

Component Inspection NBS0008I

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) A

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor. EC
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB3566E

F
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-) G
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-)
H

I
PBIA9584J

Removal and Installation NBS0008J

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) J

Refer to EM-72, "CAMSHAFT" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-405 2007 350Z

 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION

DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0008K

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst 1 with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxy-
gen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will
increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified
limit value, the three way catalyst 1 malfunction is diagnosed.

PBIB1923E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0420 ● Three way catalyst 1
0420 ● Exhaust tube
(Bank 1) ● Three way catalyst 1 does not operate prop- ● Intake air leaks
Catalyst system effi- erly.
● Fuel injector
P0430 ciency below threshold ● Three way catalyst 1 does not have enough
0430 oxygen storage capacity. ● Fuel injector leaks
(Bank 2) ● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0008L

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12.
10. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1.
12. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.

Revision: 2006 November EC-406 2007 350Z

 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION

13. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.

If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-407, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
Overall Function Check NBS0008M

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst 1. During this check, a 1st trip DTC EC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. C
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1minute. D
5. Open engine hood.
6. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 76 [HO2S2 (bank
1) signal], 80 [HO2S2 (bank 2) signal] and ground. E
7. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load.
8. Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 sec-
onds. It the voltage fluctuation cycle take less than 5 seconds. F
Go to EC-407, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● 1cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
G

PBIB3473E
H
Diagnostic Procedure NBS0008N

1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

I
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. J
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK K

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst 1.
L

PBIB1922E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

Revision: 2006 November EC-407 2007 350Z

 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.

4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING

Check the following items. Refer to EC-71, "Basic Inspection" .
Items Specifications
A/T 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Target idle speed
M/T 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the EC-71, "Basic Inspection" .

5. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminals 81, 82, 85, 86, 89, 90
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel injectors, EC-687, "Wiring Dia-
gram" .
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-688, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB3569E

Revision: 2006 November EC-408 2007 350Z

 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION

6. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I A

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector disconnected.
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE: C
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
4. Start engine. D
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils. PBIB2206E

8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be F

checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. G
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure. H
12. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion. I
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION: J
● Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock PBIB2325E
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20kV or more. K
● It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.

NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 7. M

7. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-698, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-409 2007 350Z

 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION

8. CHECK SPARK PLUG

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug (s) with standard type one
(s). For spark plug type ignition coil. Refer to MA-18,
"Changing Spark Plugs (Iridium-Tipped Type)" .

SEF156I

9. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-18, "Changing
Spark Plugs (Iridium-Tipped Type)" .

10. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-34, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 11.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst assembly.

Revision: 2006 November EC-410 2007 350Z

 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950

A
System Description NBS0008O

NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform EC
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.

H
PBIB1026E

In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con- I
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0008P
J
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
K

● EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve stuck closed
L
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
● Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate prop- nection of rubber tube M
P0441 EVAP control system erly, EVAP control system has a leak between ● Blocked rubber tube
0441 incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres-
● Cracked EVAP canister
sure sensor.
● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
● Blocked purge port
● EVAP canister vent control valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0008Q

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
Revision: 2006 November EC-411 2007 350Z
 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
Shift lever Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.3 - 9.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)

If “TESTING” is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.

7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
413, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check NBS0008R

Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine (VDC switch or TCS switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
5. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 102 (EVAP control sys-
tem pressure sensor signal) and ground.
6. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Air conditioner switch ON
Headlamp switch ON
Rear window defogger switch ON
PBIB3570E
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Shift lever Any position other than P, N or R
8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
9. If NG, go to EC-413, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-412 2007 350Z

 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0008S

1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check EVAP canister for cracks. EC
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3. C
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.

2. CHECK PURGE FLOW D

With CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser- E
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
2. Start engine and let it idle.
F
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
5. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum G
existence.
PURG VOL CONT/V Vacuum
H
100% Should exist.
0% Should not exist.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
J
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
L
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
4. Start engine and let it idle.
M
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly
5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after starting engine.
Vacuum should not exist.
6. Revving engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds passed after starting engine.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Revision: 2006 November EC-413 2007 350Z

 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.

5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT

1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B .
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C .

SEF367U

3. Check that air flows freely.

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.

SEF368U

6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

Revision: 2006 November EC-414 2007 350Z

 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR A

1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
EC
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. C
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION D

Refer to EC-457, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" for DTC P0452 and EC-466, "DTC Confirmation Procedure"
for P0453.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
F
10. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
G
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. H
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.

11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE I

Refer to EC-442, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. J
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.

12. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE K

Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace it.
M
13. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.

>> GO TO 14.

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-415 2007 350Z

 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0008T

This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.

PBIB1026E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
● Incorrect fuel filler cap used
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent
control valve.
● EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP ● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
P0442
small leak detected control system does not operate prop-
0442 ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(negative pressure) erly.
● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
● Fuel tank temperature sensor
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
● EVAP canister is saturated with water
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
● Fuel level sensor and the circuit
● Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
● ORVR system leaks

Revision: 2006 November EC-416 2007 350Z

 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

CAUTION:
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, A
the MIL may come on.
● If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0008U

NOTE: C
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
D
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
● Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). E
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F) G
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F)
5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III. H
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to I
EC-71, "Basic Inspection" .
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-418, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
K
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-58, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle. L
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-58, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle. M
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
– If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-418, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
– If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-413, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-417 2007 350Z

 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0008V

1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.

SEF915U

2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION

Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.

3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION

Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE

Refer to EC-36, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.

5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP

To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP
service port, refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE
DRAWING" .
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.

With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
SEF916U

Revision: 2006 November EC-418 2007 350Z

 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK A

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
C
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.

Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
●
D
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.
F

G
SEF200U

7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK H

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
I
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)

PBIB1086E
M
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.

Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
●

4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.

SEF200U

Revision: 2006 November EC-419 2007 350Z

 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Check the following.
● EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-37, "Removal and Installation" .
● EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-442, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.

9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.

PBIB1031E

10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● EVAP canister for damage
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.

Revision: 2006 November EC-420 2007 350Z

 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION A
With CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
EC
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
C
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
E
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. G
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
H
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. I
NG >> GO TO 14.

14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE J

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-100, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.

15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE L

Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.

17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-464, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-421 2007 350Z

 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.

19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE

Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.

>> GO TO 20.

20. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE

Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-39, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.

21. CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE

Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.

22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

Refer to EC-42, "REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.

23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

Refer to DI-23, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.

24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-422 2007 350Z

 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

PFP:14920 A
Description NBS000FE

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
C
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1 D
EVAP canister EVAP canister purge vol-
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
purge flow control ume control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
E
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank
F
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. G
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the H
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. I
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis- J
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. K

PBIB3568E
M
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000FF

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (Accelerator pedal is not depressed 0%
(M/T) position even slightly, after engine starting)
PURG VOL C/V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
2,000 rpm —
● No load

Revision: 2006 November EC-423 2007 350Z

 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000FG

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
The canister purge flow is detected during the (The valve is stuck open.)
EVAP canister purge
P0443 specified driving conditions, even when EVAP
volume control solenoid ● EVAP canister vent control valve
0443 canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
valve ● EVAP canister
completely closed.
● Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000FH

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
427, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
4. Select Service $07 with GST.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-427, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-424 2007 350Z

 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Wiring Diagram NBS000FI

EC

TBWT1648E

Revision: 2006 November EC-425 2007 350Z

 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
● Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.

PBIB3547E
EVAP canister purge vol-
21 GY/R
ume control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)

PBIB3548E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
24 BR/Y
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-426 2007 350Z

 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000FJ

1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR- A
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(2) harness connector.
1 : EVAP service port C

3. Turn ignition switch ON.

D

E
PBIB3507E

4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control F

solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or
tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0148E
I

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

J
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness connectors M72, F102 K
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- M
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 21 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-427 2007 350Z

 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR

1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-455, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine.
4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-430, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

8. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING

1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.

9. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EC-442, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.

Revision: 2006 November EC-428 2007 350Z

 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

10. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER A

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 13. C

PBIB1031E E

11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER

F
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
H
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
I
● EVAP canister for damage
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
J
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

L
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-429 2007 350Z

 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Component Inspection NBS000FK

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
100% Yes
0% No

PBIB3567E

Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No

PBIB3571E

Removal and Installation NBS000FL

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-430 2007 350Z

 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID

VALVE PFP:14920 A

Description NBS0008W

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
C
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
D
Battery Battery voltage*1
EVAP canister EVAP canister purge vol-
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
purge flow control ume control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position E
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank F
Wheel sensor 2
Vehicle speed*
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. G

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP H
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. I
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
J
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. K

PBIB3568E
M
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0008X

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (Accelerator pedal is not depressed 0%
(M/T) position even slightly, after engine starting)
PURG VOL C/V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
2,000 rpm —
● No load

Revision: 2006 November EC-431 2007 350Z

 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0008Y

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit
0444 to ECM through the valve
open ● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
● Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
P0445 An excessively high voltage signal is sent
control solenoid valve circuit
0445 to ECM through the valve ● EVAP canister purge volume control
shorted
solenoid valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0008Z

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-435, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-432 2007 350Z

 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

Wiring Diagram NBS00090

EC

TBWT1648E

Revision: 2006 November EC-433 2007 350Z

 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
● Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.

PBIB3547E
EVAP canister purge vol-
21 GY/R
ume control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)

PBIB3548E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
24 BR/Y
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-434 2007 350Z

 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure NBS00091

1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR- A
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(2) harness connector.
1 : EVAP service port C

3. Turn ignition switch ON.

D

E
PBIB3507E

4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control F

solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or
tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0148E
I

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

J
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness connectors M72, F102 K
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- M
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 21 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-435 2007 350Z

 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS00092

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
100% Yes
0% No

PBIB3567E

Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No

PBIB3571E

Removal and Installation NBS00093

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-436 2007 350Z

 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE PFP:14935

A
Component Description NBS00094

The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent. EC
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative C
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened. D
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
PBIB1263E
Control System” diagnosis.
E

H
PBIB1086E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS00095

Specification data are reference values. I

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

VENT CONT/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF J
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS00096

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
● Harness or connectors
P0447 EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
0447 trol valve circuit open through EVAP canister vent control valve.
● EVAP canister vent control valve L

Revision: 2006 November EC-437 2007 350Z

 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS00097

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-440, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-438 2007 350Z

 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Wiring Diagram NBS00098

EC

TBWT1649E

Revision: 2006 November EC-439 2007 350Z

 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
24 BR/Y
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 LG [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure NBS00099

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2006 November EC-440 2007 350Z

 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
EC

PBIB1086E
E
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve termi-
nal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. F

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
H

PBIB0152E
I
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Harness connectors E106, B2
● Harness connectors B43, T1 (Coupe models)
● Harness connectors B61, T23 (Roadster models) K
● IPDM E/R harness connector E7
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R
L

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND M
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 121 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2006 November EC-441 2007 350Z

 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors T2, B44
● Harness connectors B1, M12
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.

8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EC-442, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS0009A

EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
PBIB1033E
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.

If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.

If OK, go to next step.
7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
8. Perform step 6 again.

Revision: 2006 November EC-442 2007 350Z

 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. A
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
EC

D
PBIB1033E

3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the E
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition Air passage continuity between A and B F
12V direct current supply between
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes
G
Operation takes less than 1 second.

If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. PBIB1034E H

If OK, go to next step.
4. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
5. Perform step 3 again. I

Revision: 2006 November EC-443 2007 350Z

 DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE PFP:16935

Component Description NBS000FM

The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
PBIB1263E
Control System” diagnosis.

PBIB1086E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000FN

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
VENT CONT/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000FO

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● EVAP canister vent control valve
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0448 EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains and the circuit
0448 trol valve close closed under specified driving conditions. ● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
● EVAP canister is saturated with water

Revision: 2006 November EC-444 2007 350Z

 DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000FP

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures for three times. D
a. Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 min-
utes.
Never exceed 3 minutes. E
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-447, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
8. Repeat next procedure for 20 times.
a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds. G
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.

PBIB0972E
K
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-447, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST L
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-445 2007 350Z

 DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Wiring Diagram NBS000FQ

TBWT1649E

Revision: 2006 November EC-446 2007 350Z

 DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
24 BR/Y D
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
E
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 LG [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] F
(11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000FR

1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. H

K
PBIB1086E

3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
M
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-449, "EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.

Revision: 2006 November EC-447 2007 350Z

 DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

3. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB1031E

4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● EVAP canister for damage
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.

6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR

1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-455, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-448 2007 350Z

 DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Component Inspection NBS000FS

EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A

With CONSULT-III
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being EC
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step. C
3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. D
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
E
PBIB1033E
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B
ON No
OFF Yes F
Operation takes less than 1 second.

If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. G

If OK, go to next step.
7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
8. Perform step 6 again. H
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being I
rusted.

PBIB1033E
L

3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions. M
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition Air passage continuity between A and B
12V direct current supply between
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.

If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. PBIB1034E

If OK, go to next step.

4. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
5. Perform step 3 again.

Revision: 2006 November EC-449 2007 350Z

 DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:22365

Component Description NBS0009B

The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the
ECM increases as pressure increases.

PBIB1086E

PBIB1207E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0009C

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0009D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
EVAP control system (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P0451 ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP
pressure sensor perfor- shorted.)
0451 control system pressure sensor
mance
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
● Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
● Refrigerant pressure sensor

Revision: 2006 November EC-450 2007 350Z

 DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0009E

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds. C
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. D
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-452, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
E
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-451 2007 350Z

 DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0009F

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-452 2007 350Z

 DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

2. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER A

1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.

EC

PBIB1086E

2. Check sensor harness connector for water. E

Water should not exist.

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
G
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4. J

K
PBIB0138E

4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal M
107. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
1. Harness connectors T2, B44
2. Harness connectors B1, M12
3. Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor.

>> Repair open circuit.

Revision: 2006 November EC-453 2007 350Z

 DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
46 CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-388
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-399
64
EVT control position sensor (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-532
103 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-643
107 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-458
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor 1 EC-711
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .)
● Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-80, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-648, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-455, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Refer to EC-458, "Wiring Diagram" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-454 2007 350Z
 DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Component Inspection NBS0009G

EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR A

1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
2. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 102 and ground under the following conditions.
C
Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg)
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
D
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value

CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. E
● Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or PBIB3573E
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
4. If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. F

Revision: 2006 November EC-455 2007 350Z

 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085

Component Description NBS0009H

The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the
ECM increases as pressure increases.

PBIB1086E

PBIB1207E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0009I

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0009J

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
EVAP control system (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P0452 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
pressure sensor low shorted.)
0452 sent to ECM.
input
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
● Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
● Refrigerant pressure sensor

Revision: 2006 November EC-456 2007 350Z

 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0009K

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. C
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
D
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. E
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-460, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
F
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 106 (Fuel tank tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V. G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. H
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-460, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
I

PBIB3574E
J

Revision: 2006 November EC-457 2007 350Z

 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS0009L

TBWT1650E

Revision: 2006 November EC-458 2007 350Z

 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
46 R/B [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
D
[Camshaft position sensor
64 W/G (PHASE) (bank 2), Exhaust [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)] E
EVAP control system pres-
102 LG [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor
Sensor power supply F
103 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 2)
Sensor power supply
G
107 BR (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
111 OR (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V H
sor)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

112 PU (EVAP control system pres- ● Warm-up condition 0V I
sure sensor) ● Idle speed

Revision: 2006 November EC-459 2007 350Z

 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0009M

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-460 2007 350Z

 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

2. CHECK CONNECTOR A
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.

EC

PBIB1086E

2. Check sensor harness connector for water. E

Water should not exist.

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
G
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4. J

K
PBIB0138E

4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal M
107. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
1. Harness connectors T2, B44
2. Harness connectors B1, M12
3. Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor.

>> Repair open circuit.

Revision: 2006 November EC-461 2007 350Z

 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
46 CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-388
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-399
64
EVT control position sensor (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-532
103 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-643
107 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-458
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor 1 EC-711
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .)
● Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-80, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-648, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-462 2007 350Z

 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. EC
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
112. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
E
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors T2, B44 F
● Harness connectors B1, M12
● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
G

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN H
AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal I
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
J
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. K
NG >> GO TO 13.

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L

Check the following.
● Harness connectors T2, B44
● Harness connectors B1, M12 M
● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-464, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-463 2007 350Z

 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Component Inspection NBS0009N

EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
2. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 102 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg)
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value

CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or PBIB3573E
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
4. If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-464 2007 350Z

 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085

A
Component Description NBS0009O

The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the
ECM increases as pressure increases. EC

E
PBIB1086E

PBIB1207E I

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS0009P

Specification data are reference values. J

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
K

Revision: 2006 November EC-465 2007 350Z

 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0009Q

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
EVAP control system ● EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0453 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
pressure sensor high ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
0453 sent to ECM.
input
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
● Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
● Refrigerant pressure sensor
● EVAP canister vent control valve
● EVAP canister
● Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to vehicle frame

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0009R

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-469, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 106 (Fuel tank tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-469, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

PBIB3574E

Revision: 2006 November EC-466 2007 350Z

 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS0009S

EC

TBWT1650E

Revision: 2006 November EC-467 2007 350Z

 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
46 R/B [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
64 W/G (PHASE) (bank 2), Exhaust [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)]
EVAP control system pres-
102 LG [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor
Sensor power supply
103 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 2)
Sensor power supply
107 BR (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
111 OR (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sor)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

112 PU (EVAP control system pres- ● Warm-up condition 0V
sure sensor) ● Idle speed

Revision: 2006 November EC-468 2007 350Z

 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0009T

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-469 2007 350Z

 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.

PBIB1086E

2. Check sensor harness connector for water.

Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.

3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0138E

4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal
107. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
1. Harness connectors T2, B44
2. Harness connectors B1, M12
3. Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor.

>> Repair open circuit.

Revision: 2006 November EC-470 2007 350Z

 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
46 CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-388
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-399
64
EVT control position sensor (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-532 C
103 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-643
107 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-458
D
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor 1 EC-711
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. E
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK COMPONENTS F
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .) G
● Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-80, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component. I
8. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-648, "Component Inspection" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> GO TO 9. K

9. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

L
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . M
4. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-471 2007 350Z

 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
112. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors T2, B44
● Harness connectors B1, M12
● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors T2, B44
● Harness connectors B1, M12
● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK RUBBER TUBE

1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging, vent and kinked.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.

Revision: 2006 November EC-472 2007 350Z

 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A

Refer to EC-442, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. EC
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.

16. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR C

Refer to EC-474, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

17. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER E

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. F
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 18. G
No >> GO TO 20.

I
PBIB1031E

18. CHECK EVAP CANISTER J

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb). K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> GO TO 19. L

19. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

M
Check the following.
● EVAP canister for damage
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.

20. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-473 2007 350Z

 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Component Inspection NBS0009U

EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
2. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 102 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
Voltage V
(mmHg, inHg)
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value

CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or PBIB3573E
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
4. If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-474 2007 350Z

 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950

A
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0009V

This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. EC

PBIB1026E
H

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
I
close.
● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
● Incorrect fuel filler cap used
J
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
K
solenoid valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
L
● EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks

EVAP control system has a very large leak ● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
P0455 EVAP control system leaks
such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control sys-
0455 gross leak detected M
tem does not operate properly. ● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
● EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve and the circuit
● Fuel tank temperature sensor
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
● Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
● ORVR system leaks

CAUTION:
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
● If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.

Revision: 2006 November EC-475 2007 350Z

 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0009W

CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
NOTE:
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
● Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
6. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-71, "Basic Inspection" .
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK
[P0455]” is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-477, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform EC-418, "Diagnostic Procedure" for DTC P0442.
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-58, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-58, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Select Service $07 with GST.
● If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-413, "Diagnostic Procedure" , for DTC P0441.

● If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-418, "Diagnostic Procedure" , for DTC P0442.

● If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-477, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-476 2007 350Z

 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure NBS0009X

1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. C

SEF915U
E

2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION

F
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. G
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
H
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
J
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-36, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)" .
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. L
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or M
disconnection.
Refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.

6. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE

Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.

>> GO TO 7.

Revision: 2006 November EC-477 2007 350Z

 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Check the following.
● EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-37, "Removal and Installation" .
● EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-442, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.

8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP

To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP
service port, refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE
DRAWING" .
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.

With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 10.
SEF916U

9. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph.
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.

● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.

SEF200U

Revision: 2006 November EC-478 2007 350Z

 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

10. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK A

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)

PBIB1086E
F
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. G

Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
●

4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak H
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace.
J

SEF200U
K
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III L
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
M
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

Revision: 2006 November EC-479 2007 350Z

 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.

13. CHECK VACUUM HOSE

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-100, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.

14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.

17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-464, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-480 2007 350Z

 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

18. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE A

Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-39, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
C
19. CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE

Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. E

20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

F
Refer to EC-42, "REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21. G
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.

21. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END I

Revision: 2006 November EC-481 2007 350Z

 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS0009Y

This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.

PBIB1026E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
● Incorrect fuel filler cap used
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
● EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Evaporative emission ● EVAP system has a very small leak. ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
P0456 control system very
0456 small leak (negative ● EVAP system does not operate prop- ● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
pressure check) erly. ● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
● Fuel tank temperature sensor
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
● EVAP canister is saturated with water
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
● Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
● ORVR system leaks
● Fuel level sensor and the circuit
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve

Revision: 2006 November EC-482 2007 350Z

 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

CAUTION:
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, A
the MIL may come on.
● If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS0009Z

NOTE: C
● If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
● After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait D
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. E
● If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehi-
cle for more than 1 hour.
– Fuel filler cap is removed. F
– Refilled or drained the fuel.
– EVAP component parts is/are removed.
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. G

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. H
2. Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F) I
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave J
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. K
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed. L
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-484, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE: M
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go
to EC-71, "Basic Inspection" .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve properly.
Overall Function Check NBS000A0

WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
● Do not start engine.
● Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port. For the location of EVAP service
port, refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-483 2007 350Z

 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.

3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Connect GST and select Service $08.
6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close).
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat-
isfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP SEF462UI
system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and
the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
If NG, go to EC-484, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to next step.
8. Disconnect GST.
9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
13. Turn ignition switch OFF.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000A1

1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.

SEF915U

2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION

Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.

3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION

Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Revision: 2006 November EC-484 2007 350Z

 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE A

Refer to EC-36, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.

5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP C

To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP
service port, refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE D
DRAWING" .
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the E
EVAP service port may cause leaking.

With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6. F
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
SEF916U

6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK G

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of
the bar graph. I
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
J
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
L
NG >> Repair or replace.

SEF200U

Revision: 2006 November EC-485 2007 350Z

 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)

PBIB1086E

3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.

Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
●

4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.

SEF200U

8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

Check the following.
● EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-37, "Removal and Installation" .
● EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-442, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.

Revision: 2006 November EC-486 2007 350Z

 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER A

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 12. C
No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.

PBIB1031E E

10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER

F
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.2 kg (4.9 lb).
OK or NG G
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 11. H

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

I
Check the following.
● EVAP canister for damage
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection J

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.

K
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
L
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. M
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.

Revision: 2006 November EC-487 2007 350Z

 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.

14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-100, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.

15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.

17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-464, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.

19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE

Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.

>> GO TO 20.

Revision: 2006 November EC-488 2007 350Z

 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM

20. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE A

Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-39, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
C
21. CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE

Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. E

22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

F
Refer to EC-42, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23. G
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.

23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR H

Refer to DI-23, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24. I
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.

24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-489 2007 350Z

 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060

Component Description NBS000A2

The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the “unified meter and A/C amp.”. The “unified meter and A/C amp.”
sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN commu-
nication line.
1 : Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
2 : Fuel pressure regulator
3 : Fuel tank temperature sensor

It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on PBIB2707E
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000A3

NOTE:
● If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal
P0460 Fuel level sensor circuit ● Harness or connectors
being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor
0460 noise
to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
● Unified meter and A/C amp.
● Fuel level sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000A4

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-490, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000A5

1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION

Refer to DI-15, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-15, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-490 2007 350Z

 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT A

Refer to DI-19, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. EC
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation NBS000A6

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR E

Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-491 2007 350Z

 DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060

Component Description NBS006VA

The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the “unified meter and A/C amp.”. The “unified meter and A/C amp.”
sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN commu-
nication line.
1 : Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
2 : Fuel pressure regulator
3 : Fuel tank temperature sensor

It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on PBIB2707E
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000A8

NOTE:
● If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
● If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does shorted)
P0461 Fuel level sensor circuit not change within the specified range even ● Harness or connectors
0461 range/performance though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
tance.
● Unified meter and A/C amp.
● Fuel level sensor

Overall Function Check NBS000A9

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-10,
"FUEL TANK" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-79, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.

Revision: 2006 November EC-492 2007 350Z

 DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. A
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
EC
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
If NG, go to EC-493, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST C
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance. D
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-79, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. E
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment. F
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
G
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
10. If NG, go to EC-493, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000AA H
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-15, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-15, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter" . J

2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT

K
Refer to DI-19, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

M
Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation NBS000AB

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY"

Revision: 2006 November EC-493 2007 350Z

 DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060

Component Description NBS006VB

The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the “unified meter and A/C amp.”. The “unified meter and A/C amp.”
sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN commu-
nication line.
1 : Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
2 : Fuel pressure regulator
3 : Fuel tank temperature sensor

It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on PBIB2707E
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000AD

NOTE:
● If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
● If DTC P0462 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the ● Harness or connectors
0462 low input sensor is sent to ECM. (The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
● Harness or connectors
P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage is sent from the (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0463 high input sensor is sent to ECM.
● Unified meter and A/C amp.
● Fuel level sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000AE

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-494, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000AF

1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION

Refer to DI-15, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-15, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-494 2007 350Z

 DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT A

Refer to DI-19, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. EC
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation NBS000AG

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR E

Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-495 2007 350Z

 DTC P0500 VSS

DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702

Description NBS000AH

NOTE:
● If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the “unified meter and A/C amp”. from the VDC/TCS/ABS control unit (with
VDC models) or “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” (without VDC models) by CAN communication
line. The unified meter and A/C amp. then sends the signal to the ECM by CAN communication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000AI

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
● Harness or connectors
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
P0500 shorted)
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM
0500
even when vehicle is being driven. ● Wheel sensor
● Unified meter and A/C amp.
● VDC/TCS/ABS control unit (with VDC models)
● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
(without VDC models)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
When the fail-safe system for vehicle speed sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates (High) while
Vehicle speed sensor
engine is running.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000AJ

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch or TCS switch OFF).
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-497, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
1,800 - 6,000 rpm (A/T)
ENG SPEED
1,800 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)

Revision: 2006 November EC-496 2007 350Z

 DTC P0500 VSS

5.0 - 31.8 msec (A/T)

B/FUEL SCHDL
5.0 - 31.8 msec (M/T) A
Except P or N position (A/T)
Shift lever
Neutral position (M/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF EC
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-497, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
Overall Function Check NBS000AK

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed. D

WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels. E
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
F
suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-497, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000AL G
1. CHECK DTC WITH “VDC/TCS/ABS CONTROL UNIT (WITH VDC MODELS)” OR “ABS ACTUATOR
AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) (WITHOUT VDC MODELS)”
H
Refer to BRC-82, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (with VDC models) or refer to BRC-42, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS"
(without VDC models).
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
J
2. CHECK DTC WITH UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .
K
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-497 2007 350Z

 DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM

DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781

Description NBS000AM

NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000AN

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Idle speed control sys- ● Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 The idle speed is less than the target idle
tem RPM lower than
0506 speed by 100 rpm or more. ● Intake air leak
expected

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000AO

NOTE:
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
● If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" ,
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to EC-718, "SER-
VICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
● Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Open engine hood.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-498, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000AP

1. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.

Revision: 2006 November EC-498 2007 350Z

 DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM

2. REPLACE ECM A
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. EC
Refer to BL-152, "ECM Re-communicating Function" .
4. Perform EC-76, "VIN Registration" .
5. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" . C
6. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
D
8. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END E

Revision: 2006 November EC-499 2007 350Z

 DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM

DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781

Description NBS000AQ

NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000AR

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

Idle speed control sys- ● Electric throttle control actuator

P0507 The idle speed is more than the target idle
tem RPM higher than ● Intake air leak
0507 speed by 200 rpm or more.
expected ● PCV system

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000AS

NOTE:
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
● If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" ,
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to EC-718, "SER-
VICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
● Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Open engine hood.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-500, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000AT

1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

Revision: 2006 November EC-500 2007 350Z

 DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM

2. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK A

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
C
3. REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
D
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-152, "ECM Re-communicating Function" . E
4. Perform EC-76, "VIN Registration" .
5. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .
6. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . F
7. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
G
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-501 2007 350Z

 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR PFP:49763

Component Description NBS000AU

Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor (1) is installed to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
2 : Alternator
: Vehicle front

PBIB3511E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000AV

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

● Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000AW

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-514, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0550 Power steering pres- An excessively low or high voltage from the (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0550 sure sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
● Power steering pressure sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000AX

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-505, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-502 2007 350Z

 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS000AY

EC

TBWT1651E

Revision: 2006 November EC-503 2007 350Z

 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) (bank 1), Exhaust
60 R/L [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
sensor (bank 1), Power
steering pressure sensor]
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5V
Power steering pressure ● Steering wheel: Being turned
87 Y
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
● Steering wheel: Not being turned
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
[Camshaft position sensor
96 P/L ● Warm-up condition 0V
(PHASE) (bank 1), Power
steering pressure sensor] ● Idle speed

Revision: 2006 November EC-504 2007 350Z

 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000AZ

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-505 2007 350Z

 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR

2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect power steering pressure (PNP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
1 : Alternator
: Vehicle front

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB3511E

3. Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0188E

3. CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 96.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 87 and PSP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK PSP SENSOR

Refer to EC-507, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PNP sensor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-506 2007 350Z

 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection NBS000B0

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR C

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 87 and ground under the D
following conditions.

Condition Voltage
E
Steering wheel: Being turned 0.5 - 4.5V
Steering wheel: Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8V
F

PBIB3575E G
Removal and Installation NBS000B1

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to PS-33, "HYDRAULIC LINE" . H

Revision: 2006 November EC-507 2007 350Z

 DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY

DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY PFP:23710

Component Description NBS000BE

Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning value memory, etc.

PBIB3532E

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000BF

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0603 ECM power supply cir- ECM back-up RAM system does not function [The ECM power supply (back-up) circuit
0603 cuit properly. is open or shorted.]
● ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000BG

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for four times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-510, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-508 2007 350Z

 DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY

Wiring Diagram NBS000BH

EC

TBWT1652E

Revision: 2006 November EC-509 2007 350Z

 DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
93 P [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000BI

1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB3576E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and battery

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-510 2007 350Z

 DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY

4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
C
See EC-508, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
With GST D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
See EC-508, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END
G
5. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
H
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-152, "ECM Re-communicating Function" .
3. Perform EC-76, "VIN Registration" .
I
4. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .
5. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . J
7. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END K

Revision: 2006 November EC-511 2007 350Z

 DTC P0605 ECM

DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710

Component Description NBS000B2

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PBIB3532E

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000B3

This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ● ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
● ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A degrees) by the return spring.
● ECM deactivates ASCD operation.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000B4

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-513, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-513, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-512 2007 350Z

 DTC P0605 ECM

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

With CONSULT-III A
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
EC
3. Repeat step 3 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-513, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
D
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000B5

1. INSPECTION START
E
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. F
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-512, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . G
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-512, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . I
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
J
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM K

1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. L
Refer to BL-152, "ECM Re-communicating Function" .
3. Perform EC-76, "VIN Registration" .
4. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" . M
5. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-513 2007 350Z

 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:18919

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000DW

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
● Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
ECM detects a voltage of power (PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0643 Sensor power supply
source for sensor is excessively
0643 circuit short ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
low or high.
● Throttle position sensor
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1)
● Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 1)
● Power steering pressure sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000DX

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-517, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-514 2007 350Z

 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

Wiring Diagram NBS000DY

EC

TBWT1653E

Revision: 2006 November EC-515 2007 350Z

 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
43 OR/L [Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(bank 2)]
Sensor power supply
44 B [Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(bank 1)]
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) (bank 1), Exhaust
60 R/L [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
sensor (bank 1), Power
steering pressure sensor]
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
97 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.15 - 0.60V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 SB
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.40V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
99 L (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 1)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

100 W (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor 1) ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
103 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 2)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

104 GY (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor 2) ● Idle speed

Revision: 2006 November EC-516 2007 350Z

 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000DZ

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-517 2007 350Z

 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1080E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0914E

3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
43 Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2) terminal 6 EC-365
44 Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1) terminal 6 EC-363
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) terminal 1 EC-397
60 EVT control position sensor (bank 1) terminal 1 EC-530
PSP sensor terminal 1 EC-503
99 APP sensor terminal 6 EC-515

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Camshaft position senosr (PHASE) (bank 1) (Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .)
● Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection" .)
● Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-507, "Component Inspection" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

Revision: 2006 November EC-518 2007 350Z

 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

5. CHECK TP SENSOR A
Refer to EC-369, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR C

1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
D
3. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END E

7. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-640, "Component Inspection" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. G

8. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

H
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . I
4. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END J

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

K
Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END L

Revision: 2006 November EC-519 2007 350Z

 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH

DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH PFP:23006

Component Description NBS000GB

When the shift position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000GC

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON position
Shift lever: Except above position OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000GD

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P0850 Park/neutral position circuit is open or shorted.]
switch is not changed in the process of engine
0850 switch
starting and driving. ● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
● TCM (A/T models)

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000GE

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions.
Position (Shift lever) Known-good signal
N or P position (A/T)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF

If NG, go to EC-525, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

If OK, go to following steps.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,400 - 6375 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
Shift lever Suitable position
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-525, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check NBS000GF

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Revision: 2006 November EC-520 2007 350Z
 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH

WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions.
EC
Condition (Shift lever) Voltage V (Known-good data)
P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 0
Neutral position (M/T)
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except above position
(11 - 14V)

3. If NG, go to EC-525, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D

MBIB0015E

Revision: 2006 November EC-521 2007 350Z

 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH

Wiring Diagram NBS000GG

A/T MODELS

TBWT1654E

Revision: 2006 November EC-522 2007 350Z

 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
● Shift lever: P or N position (11 - 14V)
109 BR PNP switch
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
● Shift lever: Except above position D

Revision: 2006 November EC-523 2007 350Z

 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH

M/T MODELS

TBWT1655E

Revision: 2006 November EC-524 2007 350Z

 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
● Shift lever: Neutral position (11 - 14V)
109 BR PNP switch
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
● Shift lever: Except above position D

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000GH

A/T MODELS E
1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Refer to AT-37, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace. G

2. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START. H
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. I
No >> Refer to SC-8, "STARTING SYSTEM" .

3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector. K
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and ECM terminal 109.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F102, M72
● Harness for open or short between A/T assembly and ECM.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-525 2007 350Z

 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH

5. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and TCM terminal 8.
Refer to AT-97, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT" .
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

M/T MODELS
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connector E10, F1
● 10A fuse
● IPDM harness connector E7
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 109 and PNP switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Revision: 2006 November EC-526 2007 350Z

 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
● Harness connector F102, M72
● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to MT-11, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PNP switch. E

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open dircuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G

Revision: 2006 November EC-527 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR PFP:23731

Component Description NBS000BJ

Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the concave

groove of the exhaust camshaft rear end.
This sensor signal is used for sensing a position of the exhaust cam-
shaft.
This sensor uses a Hall IC.
Based on the position of the exhaust camshaft, ECM controls
exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder to optimize the shut/
open timing of exhaust valve for the driving condition.

PBIB3565E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000BK

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
EXH/V TIM B1 (M/T) position
EXH/V TIM B2 Around 2,500 rpm while the engine
Approx. 0° - 30°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF speed is rising
● No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000BL

NOTE:
If DTC P1078 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-514, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-528 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
● Harness or connectors
[Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 1) circuit is open or
EC
shorted)

P1078 ● Exhaust valve timing control position

1078 sensor (bank 1)
(Bank 1) ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1)
● Accumulation of debris to the signal D
pick-up portion of the camshaft
● Harness or connectors
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) E
circuit is shorted.]
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
Exhaust valve timing con- An excessively high or low voltage from the [CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit
F
trol position sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM. is open or shorted.]
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.) G
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P1084 shorted.)
1084 ● Exhaust valve timing control position
(Bank 2) H
sensor (bank 2)
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
I
(bank 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
J
● Refrigerant pressure sensor
● Accumulation of debris to the signal
pick-up portion of the camshaft
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000BM

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
M
1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-534, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-III above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-529 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS000BN

BANK 1

TBWT1656E

Revision: 2006 November EC-530 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
4.0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle. E
PBIB3551E
Exhaust valve timing control
58 Y/G
position sensor (bank 1)
4.0 - 5.0V
F
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G

PBIB3552E
H
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) (bank 1), Exhaust
60 R/L [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position I
sensor (bank 1), Power
steering pressure sensor]
Sensor ground
[Engine is running] J
[Exhaust valve timing con-
88 LG/B trol position sensor (bank 1), ● Warm-up condition 0V
Exhaust valve timing control ● Idle speed
position sensor (bank 2)] K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-531 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

BANK 2

TBWT1657E

Revision: 2006 November EC-532 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Sensor power supply
46 R/B [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(POS)]
D
4.0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
E
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle. F
Exhaust valve timing control PBIB3551E
62 B/Y
position sensor (bank 2)
4.0 - 5.0V
G
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm H

PBIB3552E

Sensor power supply I

[Camshaft position sensor
64 W/G (PHASE) (bank 2), Exhaust [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
J
sensor (bank 2)]
Sensor ground
[Exhaust valve timing con- [Engine is running]
88 LG/B trol position sensor (bank 1), ● Warm-up condition 0V K
Exhaust valve timing control ● Idle speed
position sensor (bank 2)]
Sensor power supply L
103 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 2)
Sensor power supply
M
107 BR (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
111 OR (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sor)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-533 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000BO

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-534 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

2. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A
1. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector.

EC

PBIB3518E

E
1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2) F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between exhaust valve timing control position
G
sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG-1 >> P1078: Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to
power in harness connector. I
NG-2 >> P1084: GO TO 3.

PBIB3312E
J
3. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between exhaust valve timing control position sensor terminal 1 and ECM termi-
nal 64. L
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.

Revision: 2006 November EC-535 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

4. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
46 CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-388
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-399
64
EVT control position sensor (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-532
103 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-643
107 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-458
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-711
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .)
● EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-464, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-80, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

6. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-648, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-536 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

8. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN A
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. EC
3. Check harness continuity between exhaust valve timing control position sensor terminal 2 and ECM termi-
nal 88. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors..
E
9. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 58 (bank 1) or 62 (bank 2) and exhaust valve timing con- F
trol position sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. G

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR I

Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor.
K
11. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
M
12. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

Revision: 2006 November EC-537 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

13. CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH)

Check the following;
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace malfunctioning camshaft.

PBIB3534E

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-538 2007 350Z

 DTC P1078 P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

Component Inspection NBS000BP

EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR A

1. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Remove the sensor. EC
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB3566E

5. Check resistance as shown below. F

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-) G
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-)
H
6. If NG, replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor.

PBIA9584J
I

Removal and Installation NBS000BQ

EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR J

Refer to EM-72, "CAMSHAFT" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-539 2007 350Z

 DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL

DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000D5

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1148 The closed loop control function for bank 1 ● Harness or connectors
1148 does not operate even when vehicle is driving [The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is
(Bank 1) Closed loop control in the specified condition.
open or shorted.]
P1168 function The closed loop control function for bank 2 ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
1168 does not operate even when vehicle is driving
(Bank 2) in the specified condition. ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater

NOTE:
DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.

Revision: 2006 November EC-540 2007 350Z

 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT

DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT PFP:47850

A
Description NBS000D6

The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from VDC/
TCS/ABS control unit (with VDC models) or “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” (without VDC mod- EC
els) to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for VDC/TCS/ABS control unit
(with VDC models) or “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” (without VDC models) but also for
ECM after TCS related repair. C

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000D7

● Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. D
● The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
● VDC/TCS/ABS control unit
ECM receives a malfunction information from (with VDC models)
P1211 VDC/TCS/ABS control unit (with VDC models)
1211
TCS control unit
or “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”
● ABS actuator and electric unit (control F
unit) (without VDC models)
(without VDC models).
● TCS related parts
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000D8

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. H
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. I
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-541, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST J
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000D9

K
Go to BRC-82, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (With VDC models) or BRC-42, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (Without
VDC models).

Revision: 2006 November EC-541 2007 350Z

 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE

DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850

Description NBS000DA

NOTE:
● If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and VDC/TCS/ABS control unit (with VDC models) or “ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit)” (without VDC models).
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for VDC/TCS/ABS control unit
(with VDC models) or “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” (without VDC models) but also for
ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000DB

● Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
● The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
ECM can not receive the information
shorted.)
from VDC/TCS/ABS control unit (with
P1212 TCS communication ● VDC/TCS/ABS control unit (with VDC models)
VDC models) or “ABS actuator and elec-
1212 line
tric unit (control unit)” (without VDC mod- ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
els) continuously. (without VDC models)
● Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000DC

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-542, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000DD

Go to BRC-82, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (With VDC models) or BRC-42, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (Without
VDC models).

Revision: 2006 November EC-542 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000

A
Description NBS000DE

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE: EC
● If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" . C

Cooling Fan Control

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Battery Battery voltage*1 E

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan IPDM E/R

control (Cooling fan relays)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature F
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
G
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant H
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation
I

PBIB2483E

Revision: 2006 November EC-543 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1 2 3
Stop OFF OFF OFF
Low ON OFF OFF
High ON ON ON

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
Cooling fan motor terminals
Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
1 4
Low
2 3
High 1 and 2 3 and 4

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000DF

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Engine coolant temperature is 97°C
OFF
(206°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine Engine coolant temperature is between
COOLING FAN LOW
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HI
(212°F) or more

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000DG

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- ● Cooling fan
heat). ● IPDM E/R
● Cooling fan system does not operate prop- (Cooling fan relays)
P1217 Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat).
● Radiator hose
1217 ture (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the system ● Radiator
using the proper filling method.
● Radiator cap
● Engine coolant is not within the specified
range. ● Water pump
● Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-555,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-544 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "Changing Engine A
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-12, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE EC
RATIO" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check NBS000DH C
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
D
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up E
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. F
NOTE:
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below G
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-549,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer H
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-549,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON. I
SEF621W
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-549, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
NOTE: K
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-549, L
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-549, M
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine.
SEF621W
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
4. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
5. Turn blower fan switch ON.

Revision: 2006 November EC-545 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

6. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed.

If NG, go to EC-549, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to the following steps.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF.
8. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
9. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
10. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
SEC163BA

11. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans operates at
higher speed than low speed.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
12. If NG, go to EC-549, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MEC475B

Revision: 2006 November EC-546 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

Wiring Diagram NBS000DI

EC

TBWT1658E

Revision: 2006 November EC-547 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

TBWT1659E

Revision: 2006 November EC-548 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000DJ

1. INSPECTION START A

Do you have CONSULT-III?

Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.
C
2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
With CONSULT-III D
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-
III screen. E
3. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. F
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-551, "PROCEDURE A" .)

3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION G

With CONSULT-III
1. Touch “HIGH” on the CONSULT-III screen. H
2. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. I
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-554, "PROCEDURE B" .)

4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION J

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle. K
2. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
3. Turn blower fan switch ON.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC- M
551, "PROCEDURE A" .)

SEC163BA

Revision: 2006 November EC-549 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 oper-
ate at higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
554, "PROCEDURE B" .)

MEC475B

6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Refer to CO-10, "LEAK CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check the following for leak.
● Hose

● Radiator

● Water pump

7. CHECK RADIATOR CAP

Refer to CO-15, "Checking Radiator Cap" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.

8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
Refer to CO-26, "WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace thermostat

9. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

10. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-555, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-550 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

PROCEDURE A
A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E6. EC
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminals 15, 16 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.
C
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. D
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB1924E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F

Check the following.

● 40A fusible links G
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H

Revision: 2006 November EC-551 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.

PBIB3509E

1. Cooling fan motor-1 2. Cooling fan motor-2

: Vehicle front

2. Disconnect all IPDM E/R harness connectors.

3. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 11,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3 and ground,
IPDM E/R terminal 38, 60 and ground,
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 10,
cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connector E12, F3
● Harness connectors F103, B113 (Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone) or F151
(Models wiithout VDC system, navigation system and telephone)
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motors-1, 2 and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motors-1, 2 and ground
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

Refer to EC-556, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-552 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Perform EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-16, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD- EC
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
C

Revision: 2006 November EC-553 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.

PBIB3509E

1. Cooling fan motor-1 2. Cooling fan motor-2

: Vehicle front

3. Disconnect all IPDM E/R harness connectors.

4. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1 and IPDM E/R terminal 8,
cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and IPDM E/R terminal 9,
IPDM E/R terminal 14 and ground,
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness connector for short to ground or short to power.
6. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1 and IPDM E/R terminal 13,
cooling fan motor-2 terminal 4 and IPDM E/R terminal 12,
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
7. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motors-1, 2 and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

Refer to EC-556, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-554 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Perform EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-16, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD- EC
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
C
Main 12 Causes of Overheating NBS000DK

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking — D
● Blocked condenser
● Blocked radiator grille
● Blocked bumper E
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture MA-12
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level CO-10
in reservoir tank and radi-
F
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 88 - 127 kPa CO-15
(0.90 - 1.30 kg/cm2 , 12.8 G
- 18.4 psi) (Limit)

ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks CO-10

H
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-26
lower radiator hoses

ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● CONSULT-III Operating See trouble diagnosis for

I
DTC P1217 (EC-543 ).
OFF 8 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer
J
ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —
gauge when driving
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driving CO-10
K
reservoir tank and idling

OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in CO-10

reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank
tor L
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-89
gauge mum distortion (warping)
M
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-107
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-6, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-555 2007 350Z

 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

Component Inspection NBS000DL

COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.

terminals
Speed
(+) (−)
1 4
Low
Cooling fan motor 2 3
High 1 and 2 3 and 4
SEF734W

Cooling fan motor should operate.

If NG, replace cooling fan motors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-556 2007 350Z

 DTC P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR

DTC P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

A
Component Description NBS000DM

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, C
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the D
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E

E
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000DN

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- ● Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000DO

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
K
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-558, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. L

Revision: 2006 November EC-557 2007 350Z

 DTC P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000DP

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.

PBIB3513E

1. Throttle valve (bank 1) 2. Throttle valve (bank 2)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation NBS000DQ

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-558 2007 350Z

 DTC P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR

DTC P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

A
Component Description NBS000DR

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, C
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the D
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E

E
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000DS

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- ● Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000DT

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 32 times.
K
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-560, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST L
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-559 2007 350Z

 DTC P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000DU

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.

PBIB3513E

1. Throttle valve (bank 1) 2. Throttle valve (bank 2)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation NBS000DV

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-560 2007 350Z

 DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION

DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119

A
Description NBS000C3

NOTE:
If DTC P1233 or P2101 is displayed with DTC P1238, P1290, P2100, P2119 first perform the trouble EC
diagnosis for DTC P1238, P2119 or P1290, P2100. Refer to EC-580, "DTC P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC
THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR" or EC-592, "DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL
MOTOR RELAY" .
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. C
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in D
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000C4
E
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1233 F
1233 ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 2) Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (The throttle control motor circuit is open
P2101 performance ate properly. or shorted) G
2101 ● Electric throttle control actuator
(Bank 1)

H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode I
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000C5

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
K
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine
is running. L
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
M
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-566, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-561 2007 350Z

 DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION

Wiring Diagram NBS000C6

BANK 1

TBWT1666E

Revision: 2006 November EC-562 2007 350Z

 DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped D
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
E
PBIB3539E
Throttle control motor
2 G
(Open) (bank 1)
0 - 14V
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) G
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB3540E
H
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 1) (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V
I
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 BR ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
(Close) (bank 1) J
● Accelerator pedal: In the middle of releasing
operation
PBIB3541E
K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
25 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V L
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
52 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 2) (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) M

Revision: 2006 November EC-563 2007 350Z

 DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION

BANK 2

TBWT1667E

Revision: 2006 November EC-564 2007 350Z

 DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 1) (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE D
[Ignition switch: OFF]
25 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

0 - 14V E
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
49 L/B ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) F
(Close) (bank 2)
● Accelerator pedal: In the middle of releasing
operation
PBIB3541E G
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON] H

● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed I
PBIB3539E
Throttle control motor
50 PU/W
(Open) (bank 2)
0 - 14V J
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) K
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB3540E L
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
52 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 2) (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) M

Revision: 2006 November EC-565 2007 350Z

 DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000C7

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 (bank 1), 52 (bank 2) and
ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 3. PBIB3580E

Revision: 2006 November EC-566 2007 350Z

 DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 25 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester. EC

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
D

PBIB3579E
E
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
F
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E9.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 25 and IPDM E/R terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
I
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Harness connectors E10, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK FUSE L

1. Disconnect 15A fuse.

2. Check 15A fuse for blown. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace 15A fuse.

7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E8.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 (bank 1), 52 (bank 2) and IPDM E/R terminal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

Revision: 2006 November EC-567 2007 350Z

 DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-16, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

PBIB3504E

1. Electric throttle control acutator 2. Electric throttle control acutator

(bank 1) (bank 2)

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
Bank ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
2 Should exist
1
4 Should not exist
1
2 Should not exist
2
4 Should exist
49 Should not exist
1
50 Should exist
2
49 Should exist
2
50 Should not exist

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.

Revision: 2006 November EC-568 2007 350Z

 DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION

11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY A

1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
EC

PBIB3513E
E

1. Throttle valve (bank 1) 2. Throttle valve (bank 2)

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.
G
12. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-570, "Component Inspection" .
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 14.
I
13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. K
14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. L
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
M

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-569 2007 350Z

 DTC P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION

Component Inspection NBS000C8

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.

PBIB3581E

Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]

3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step.
4. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation NBS000C9

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-570 2007 350Z

 DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119

A
Component Description NBS000CG

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- EC
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000CH C
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
P1236
● Harness or connectors
1236
(The throttle control motor circuit is
(Bank 2) Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between shorted.) E
P2118 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor.
● Electric throttle control actuator
2118
(Throttle control motor)
(Bank 1)
F
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
G
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000CI

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. K
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-576, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
L
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-571 2007 350Z

 DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Wiring Diagram NBS000CJ

BANK 1

TBWT1668E

Revision: 2006 November EC-572 2007 350Z

 DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped D
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
E
PBIB3539E
Throttle control motor
2 G
(Open) (bank 1)
0 - 14V
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) G
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB3540E
H
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 1) (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V
I
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 BR ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
(Close) (bank 1) J
● Accelerator pedal: In the middle of releasing
operation
PBIB3541E
K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
25 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V L
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
52 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 2) (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) M

Revision: 2006 November EC-573 2007 350Z

 DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

BANK 2

TBWT1669E

Revision: 2006 November EC-574 2007 350Z

 DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 1) (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE D
[Ignition switch: OFF]
25 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

0 - 14V E
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
49 L/B ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) F
(Close) (bank 2)
● Accelerator pedal: In the middle of releasing
operation
PBIB3541E G
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON] H

● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed I
PBIB3539E
Throttle control motor
50 PU/W
(Open) (bank 2)
0 - 14V J
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) K
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB3540E L
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
52 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 2) (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) M

Revision: 2006 November EC-575 2007 350Z

 DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000CK

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-576 2007 350Z

 DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

EC

PBIB3504E

E
1. Electric throttle control acutator 2. Electric throttle control acutator
(bank 1) (bank 2)

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F

3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control G
Bank ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
2 Should exist
1 H
4 Should not exist
1
2 Should not exist
2
4 Should exist
I
49 Should not exist
1
50 Should exist
2
49 Should exist J
2
50 Should not exist

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace. L
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-579, "Component Inspection" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-577 2007 350Z

 DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-578 2007 350Z

 DTC P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Component Inspection NBS006V8

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR A

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2.
EC

PBIB3581E
E

Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]

3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. F
4. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
G
Removal and Installation NBS006V9

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" . H

Revision: 2006 November EC-579 2007 350Z

 DTC P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

DTC P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119

Component Description NBS000BZ

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000C0

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1238 Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
1238 A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
(Bank 2) tion.
Electric throttle control
● Electric throttle control actuator
P2119 actuator Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
B)
2119 not in specified range.
(Bank 1) C) ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The
Malfunction A
engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C The engine can restart in N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000
rpm or more.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000C1

NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set shift lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set shift lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T).
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Set shift lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Set shift lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T).
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-581, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-580 2007 350Z

 DTC P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

With CONSULT-III A
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set shift lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
EC
3. Set shift lever to N, P position (A/T) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
C
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-581, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. D

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000C2

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY E

1. Remove the intake air duct.

2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
F

I
PBIB3513E

1. Throttle valve (bank 1) 2. Throttle valve (bank 2)

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside.
K
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. L
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
M
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-581 2007 350Z

 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR

DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description NBS000H5

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000H6

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
TP SEN 1-B1 ● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
1 (Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1*
TP SEN 1-B2 ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
TP SEN 2-B2*1 position
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000H7

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
If DTC P1239 or P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-514, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connector
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
P2135 shorted.)
circuit range/perfor- compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135
mance and TP sensor 2. ● Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-582 2007 350Z

 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000H8

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. C
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-588, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
E

Revision: 2006 November EC-583 2007 350Z

 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS000H9

BANK 1

TBWT1672E

Revision: 2006 November EC-584 2007 350Z

 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) D
Throttle position sensor 1 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
30 Y
(bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped E
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON] F
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
G
Throttle position sensor 2 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 L
(bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped H
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Sensor ground [Engine is running] I

40 R [Throttle position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 1)] ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply J
44 B [Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(bank 1)]
K

Revision: 2006 November EC-585 2007 350Z

 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR

BANK 2

TBWT1673E

Revision: 2006 November EC-586 2007 350Z

 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) D
Throttle position sensor 1 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
31 L/G
(bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped E
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON] F
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
G
Throttle position sensor 2 ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
35 L/Y
(bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped H
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply I
43 OR/L [Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(bank 2)]

Sensor ground [Engine is running] J

48 W/L [Throttle position sensor ● Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 2)] ● Idle speed
K

Revision: 2006 November EC-587 2007 350Z

 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000HA

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-588 2007 350Z

 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

EC

PBIB3504E

E
1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Electric throttle control actuator
(bank 1) (bank 2)

2. Turn ignition switch ON. F

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

PBIB3471E

J
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to ground or short to power in harness or connec-
tors.

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 40 (bank
1) or 48 (bank 2).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-589 2007 350Z

 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between the following;
ECM terminal 30 (bank 1) or 31 (bank 2) and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4,
ECM terminal 34 (bank 1) or 35 (bank 2) and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-590, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS000HB

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1) signal], 31 [TP sensor 1 (bank 2) signal],
34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1) signal]. 35 [TP sensor 2 (bank 2) signal] and ground under the following condi-
tions.

PBIB3472E

Revision: 2006 November EC-590 2007 350Z

 DTC P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage A

30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1)] Fully released More than 0.36V
31 [TP sensor 1 (bank 2)] Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
Fully released Less than 4.75V EC
34 [TP sensor 2 (bank 1)]
35 [TP sensor 2 (bank 2)] Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. C
7. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation NBS000HC
D
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .
E

Revision: 2006 November EC-591 2007 350Z

 DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119

Component Description NBS000CA

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000CB

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000CC

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1290
1290 ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 2) Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (The throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2100 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
2100 ● Throttle control motor relay
(Bank 1)
● Harness or connectors
P2103 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (The throttle control motor relay circuit is
2103 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
● Throttle control motor relay

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000CD

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1290, P2100
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-597, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
Revision: 2006 November EC-592 2007 350Z
 DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-597, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. EC

Revision: 2006 November EC-593 2007 350Z

 DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

Wiring Diagram NBS000CE

BANK 1

TBWT1664E

Revision: 2006 November EC-594 2007 350Z

 DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped D
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
E
PBIB3539E
Throttle control motor
2 G
(Open) (bank 1)
0 - 14V
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) G
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB3540E
H
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 1) (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V
I
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 BR ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
(Close) (bank 1) J
● Accelerator pedal: In the middle of releasing
operation
PBIB3541E
K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
25 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V L
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
52 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 2) (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) M

Revision: 2006 November EC-595 2007 350Z

 DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

BANK 2

TBWT1665E

Revision: 2006 November EC-596 2007 350Z

 DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 1) (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE D
[Ignition switch: OFF]
25 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

0 - 14V E
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
49 L/B ● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) F
(Close) (bank 2)
● Accelerator pedal: In the middle of releasing
operation
PBIB3541E G
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON] H

● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed I
PBIB3539E
Throttle control motor
50 PU/W
(Open) (bank 2)
0 - 14V J
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) K
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB3540E L
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
52 R/W [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (bank 2) (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) M

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000CF

1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 25 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB3579E

Revision: 2006 November EC-597 2007 350Z

 DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E9.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 25 and IPDM E/R terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E10, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15A fuse.
2. Check 15A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace 15A fuse.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 (bank 1), 52 (bank 2) and
ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6. PBIB3580E

6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E8.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 (bank 1), 52 (bank 2) and IPDM E/R terminal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

Revision: 2006 November EC-598 2007 350Z

 DTC P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . D
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-16, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" . E
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-599 2007 350Z

 DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL

DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL PFP:23710

Description NBS006TX

ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS006TY

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

ECM does not control ignition timing and engine ● Lack of intake air volume
P1421 Cold start emission reduction
idle speed properly when engine is started with ● Fuel injection system
1421 strategy monitoring
prewarming up condition. ● ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS006TZ

NOTE:
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
● If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F).
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step.
If “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and
go to step 1.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-600, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnostic Procedure NBS006U0

1. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.

2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
● Crushed intake air passage
● Intake air passage clogging
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part

Revision: 2006 November EC-600 2007 350Z

 DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION A

Perform EC-324, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" for DTC P0171.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. EC
NG >> Go to EC-330, "Diagnostic Procedure" for DTC P0171.

4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE C

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
See EC-600, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again?
With GST F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
G
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-600, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again?
H
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END
I
5. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. J
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-152, "ECM Re-communicating Function" .
3. Perform EC-76, "VIN Registration" . K
4. Perform EC-76, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning" .
5. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . L
7. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

M
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-601 2007 350Z

 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH PFP:25551

Component Description NBS000FT

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.

PBIB3497E

1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 3. SET/COAST switch

4. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch

Refer to EC-30, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000FU

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW ● Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW ● Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW ● Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
OFF
Released
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW ● Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000FV

● This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

● The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-512, "DTC P0605 ECM".
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
● An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD
steering switch is sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
P1564 ASCD steering ● ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1564 switch steering switch is out of the specified range. ● ASCD steering switch
● ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is ● ECM
stuck ON.

Revision: 2006 November EC-602 2007 350Z

 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000FW

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. C
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds. D
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Check DTC.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-606, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
F

Revision: 2006 November EC-603 2007 350Z

 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Wiring Diagram NBS000FX

TBWT1660E

Revision: 2006 November EC-604 2007 350Z

 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] C
4V
● ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
● MAIN switch: Pressed D
[Ignition switch: ON]
101 G/Y ASCD steering switch 1V
● CANCEL switch: Pressed
E
[Ignition switch: ON]
3V
● RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
2V F
● SET/COAST switch: Pressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
108 B/Y ● Warm-up condition 0V G
(ASCD steering switch)
● Idle speed

Revision: 2006 November EC-605 2007 350Z

 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000FY

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-606 2007 350Z

 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

2. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT A

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW” and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
C
Switch Monitor item Condition Indication
Pressed ON
MAIN switch MAIN SW
Released OFF D
Pressed ON
CANCEL switch CANCEL SW
Released OFF
E
Pressed ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch RESUME/ACC SW
Released OFF
Pressed ON F
SET/COAST switch SET SW
Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground with
pressing each button. H
Switch Condition Voltage [V]
Pressed Approx. 0
MAIN switch I
Released Approx. 4
Pressed Approx. 1
CANCEL switch
Released Approx. 4 J
RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed Approx. 3
switch Released Approx. 4 PBIB1537E

K
Pressed Approx. 2
SET/COAST switch
Released Approx. 4

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 3.
M
3. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M203.
4. Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 15 and ECM terminal 108.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Revision: 2006 November EC-607 2007 350Z

 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Combination switch (spiral cable)
● Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and combination switch terminal 14.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Combination switch (spiral cable)
● Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Refer to EC-609, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace steering wheel.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-608 2007 350Z

 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Component Inspection NBS000FZ

ASCD STEERING SWITCH A

1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M203.
2. Check continuity between combination switch harness connec-
tor terminals 14 and 15 with pushing each switch. EC

Switch Condition Resistance [Ω]

Pressed Approx. 0 C
MAIN switch
Released Approx. 4,000
Pressed Approx. 250
CANCEL switch D
Released Approx. 4,000

RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed Approx. 1,480

switch Released Approx. 4,000 PBIB2549E
E
Pressed Approx. 660
SET/COAST switch
Released Approx. 4,000

3. If NG, replace ASCD steering switch. F

Revision: 2006 November EC-609 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320

Component Description NBS000G0

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned

OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-30, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)"
for the ASCD function.

PBIB1282E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000G1

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)
● Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully ON
BRAKE SW1 released (M/T)
● Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
● Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: OFF
Slightly depressed (M/T)

BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

● Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000G2

● This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

● The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
● If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-512, "DTC P0605 ECM".
● This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h ● Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent ● Harness or connectors
to ECM at the same time.
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
● Harness or connectors
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
(M/T models)
P1572 ● Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch
1572
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ● ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the vehi- ● ASCD clutch switch (M/T models)
cle is driving ● Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
● Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
● Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation
(M/T models)
● ECM

Revision: 2006 November EC-610 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000G3

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait EC
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
● Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be C
detected.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a D
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch or TCS switch OFF). E
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
F
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Shift lever Suitable position G
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-615, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
7. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) I
Shift lever Suitable position
Depress the brake pedal for more than five seconds
Driving location so as not to come off from the above-mentioned J
vehicle speed.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
K
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-615, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. L

Revision: 2006 November EC-611 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Wiring Diagram NBS000G4

A/T MODELS

TBWT1661E

Revision: 2006 November EC-612 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] C
0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
122 P/L Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) D
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
126 L/OR ASCD brake switch E
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)

Revision: 2006 November EC-613 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

M/T MODELS

TBWT1662E

Revision: 2006 November EC-614 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] C
0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
122 P/L Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) D
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly 0V
126 L/OR ASCD brake switch depressed E
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)
F
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000G5

A/T MODELS
G
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
I
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
J
Brake pedal: Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 126 and ground under the
following conditions.
L
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB3577E

Revision: 2006 November EC-615 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-III
1. Select “BRAKE SW2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Check “BRAKE SW2” indication under the following conditions.
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 122 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage

PBIB3578E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 8.

3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1089E

4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0857E

Revision: 2006 November EC-616 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E101
● 10A fuse EC
● Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 126 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. E
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. G
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch I

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-624, "Component Inspection" K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. L

Revision: 2006 November EC-617 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

8. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB1089E

3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 3 and ground

with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

PBIB2309E

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E101
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 122 and stop lamp switch terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-618 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

12. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH A

Refer to EC-624, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. EC
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
M/T MODELS
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I E

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
G
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released ON H

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 126 and ground under the
following conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE J
Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3. L
PBIB3577E

Revision: 2006 November EC-619 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-III
1. Select “BRAKE SW2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Check “BRAKE SW2” indication under the following conditions.
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 122 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB3578E

3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1282E

4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0799E

Revision: 2006 November EC-620 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

PBIB1282E
E
4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. G
NG >> GO TO 5.

H
PBIB0857E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.

● Fuse block (J/B) connector E101 J
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1. M
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Refer to EC-624, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.

Revision: 2006 November EC-621 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

8. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 126.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-624, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.

11. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB1282E

3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 3 and ground

with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.

PBIB2309E

Revision: 2006 November EC-622 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E101
● 10A fuse EC
● Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery

C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 122 and stop lamp switch terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14. G
14. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. H
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH J

Refer to EC-624, "Component Inspection"

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
L
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-623 2007 350Z

 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Component Inspection NBS000G6

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist

If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-7,

"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

SEC023D

ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH (M/T MODELS)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition Continuity
Clutch pedal: Fully released Should exist
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist

If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-5,

"CLUTCH PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

SEC024D

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 3 and 4
under the following conditions.
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist

If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-7,

"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

PBIB2310E

Revision: 2006 November EC-624 2007 350Z

 DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR PFP:31036

A
Component Description NBS000G7

The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from “unified
meter and A/C amp.”, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals EC
for ASCD control. Refer to EC-30, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000G8

C
● This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
● The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE: D
● If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
E
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
● If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500.
Refer to EC-496, "DTC P0500 VSS"
F
● If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-512, "DTC P0605 ECM"
Trouble Diagnosis G
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
● Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
H
shorted.)
● Unified meter and A/C amp.
● VDC/TCS/ABS control unit
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed ECM detects a difference between two vehicle (with VDC models) I
1574 sensor speed signals is out of the specified range.
● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
(without VDC models)
● Wheel sensor J
● TCM(A/T models)
● ECM
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000G9

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch or TCS switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
4. Check DTC.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-626, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-625 2007 350Z

 DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000GA

1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-37 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

2. CHECK DTC WITH “VDC/TSC/ABS CONTROL UNIT (WITH VDC MODELS)” OR “ABS ACTUATOR
AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) (WITHOUT VDC MODELS)”
Refer to BRC-82, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or refer to BRC-42, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK DTC WITH “UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.”

Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-626 2007 350Z

 DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)

DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR) PFP:31935

A
Description NBS002VP

ECM receives turbine revolution sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this
signal for engine control. EC
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS002VQ

Specification data are reference values.

C
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD ● Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
tachometer indication D
On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS002VR

NOTE: E
● If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-154, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" . F
● If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-512, "DTC P0605 ECM" .
G
● If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335.
Refer to EC-386, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)" .
● If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340 or P0345 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0340 or P0345. Refer to EC-394, "DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)" . H
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
● Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
Input speed sensor Turbine revolution sensor signal is differ- shorted) J
P1715 (Turbine revolution sen- ent from the theoretical value calculated
● Harness or connectors
1715 sor) by ECM from revolution sensor signal
(Turbine revolution sensor circuit is open or
(TCM output) and engine rpm signal.
shorted)
K
● TCM

Diagnostic Procedure NBS002VS

1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM L

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-37, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" .
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

2. REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to AT-40, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-627 2007 350Z

 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320

Description NBS000GI

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000GJ

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000GK

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for (The stop lamp switch circuit is open or
Brake switch shorted.)
1805 extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
● Stop lamp switch

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000GL

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-630, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-628 2007 350Z

 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH

Wiring Diagram NBS000GM

EC

TBWT1663E

Revision: 2006 November EC-629 2007 350Z

 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
122 P/L Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000GN

1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB1282E

2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 3 and ground

with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB2309E

Revision: 2006 November EC-630 2007 350Z

 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
● 10A fuse
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E101 EC
● Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and fuse

C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 122 and stop E
lamp switch terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. F

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB1282E

H
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
I
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH K

Refer to EC-632, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November EC-631 2007 350Z

 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH

Component Inspection NBS000GO

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB1282E

2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 3 and 4

under the following conditions.
Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist
3. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-7,
"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 2 again.

PBIB2310E

Revision: 2006 November EC-632 2007 350Z

 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002

A
Component Description NBS000GP

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000GQ
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
G
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 1.2V H

ACCEL SEN 2*1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000GR J

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. K
Refer to EC-514, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
Accelerator pedal posi-
P2122 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen- ● Harness or connectors
tion sensor 1 circuit low
2122 sor 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
input
shorted.) M
Accelerator pedal posi-
P2123 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
tion sensor 1 circuit high
2123 sor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1)
input

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

Revision: 2006 November EC-633 2007 350Z

 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000GS

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-637, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-634 2007 350Z

 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS000GT

EC

TBWT1670E

Revision: 2006 November EC-635 2007 350Z

 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
97 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.15 - 0.60V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 SB
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.40V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
99 L (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 1)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

100 W (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor 1) ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
103 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 2)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

104 GY (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor 2) ● Idle speed

Revision: 2006 November EC-636 2007 350Z

 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000GU

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-637 2007 350Z

 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1080E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0914E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 100.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-638 2007 350Z

 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR

6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 97 and APP sensor terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15 E
● Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor

F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR

G
Refer to EC-658, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. H
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY I

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
J
3. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
K
>> INSPECTION END

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END M

Revision: 2006 November EC-639 2007 350Z

 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR

Component Inspection NBS000GV

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 97 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
97 Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

98 Fully released 0.15 - 0.60V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.40V
PBIB3582E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation NBS000GW

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-3, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-640 2007 350Z

 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR PFP:18002

A
Component Description NBS000GX

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000GY
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
G
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 1.2V H

ACCEL SEN 2*1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000GZ J

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
Accelerator pedal posi- ● Harness or connectors
P2127 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
tion sensor 2 circuit low (APP sensor 2 dircuit is open or
2127 sor 2 is sent to ECM.
input shorted.) L
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or
shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.] M
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
Accelerator pedal posi-
P2128 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- shorted.)
tion sensor 2 circuit high
2128 sor 2 is sent to ECM. ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
input
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
● Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
● Refrigerant pressure sensor

Revision: 2006 November EC-641 2007 350Z

 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000H0

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-645, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-642 2007 350Z

 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS000H1

EC

TBWT1671E

Revision: 2006 November EC-643 2007 350Z

 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
46 R/B [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
64 W/G (PHASE) (bank 2), Exhaust [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)]
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
97 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.15 - 0.60V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 SB
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.40V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
99 L (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 1)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

100 W (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor 1) ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
103 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sensor 2)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

104 GY (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition 0V
sensor 2) ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
107 BR (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
111 OR (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sor)

Revision: 2006 November EC-644 2007 350Z

 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000H2

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-645 2007 350Z

 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT- I

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1080E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0915E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 103.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open between ECM and APP sensor

>> Repair open circuit.

Revision: 2006 November EC-646 2007 350Z

 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR

5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
46 CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-388
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-399
64
EVT control position sensor (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-532 C
103 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-643
107 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-458
D
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-711
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. E
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COMPONENTS F
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .) G
● Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection" .)
● EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-464, "Component Inspection" .) H
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-80, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. I
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 104. K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. L
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. M
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-647 2007 350Z

 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR

9. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 98 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-658, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS000H3

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 97 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
97 Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

98 Fully released 0.15 - 0.60V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.40V
PBIB3582E

Revision: 2006 November EC-648 2007 350Z

 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . A
6. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC
Removal and Installation NBS000H4

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-3, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" . C

Revision: 2006 November EC-649 2007 350Z

 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR PFP:18002

Component Description NBS000HD

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000HE

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 1.2V

ACCEL SEN 2*1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000HF

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-514, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-650 2007 350Z

 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
● Harness or connector
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
EC
Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 2 dircuit is open or
shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or C
shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir- D
cuit is shorted.]
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (EVAP control system pressure sensor
P2138
tion sensor circuit compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
2138
range/performance and APP sensor 2.
E
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2) F
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2) G
● Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
● EVAP control system pressure sensor H
● Refrigerant pressure sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE I
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode J
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
K

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000HG

NOTE: L
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: M
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-654, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

Revision: 2006 November EC-651 2007 350Z

 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS000HH

TBWT1674E

Revision: 2006 November EC-652 2007 350Z

 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
46 R/B [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
D
[Camshaft position sensor
64 W/G (PHASE) (bank 2), Exhaust [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)] E
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released F
97 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed G
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.15 - 0.60V
H
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 SB
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.40V I
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
99 L (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V J
sensor 1)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

100 W (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition 0V K
sensor 1) ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
103 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] 5V L
sensor 2)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

104 GY (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition 0V M
sensor 2) ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
107 BR (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
111 OR (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sor)

Revision: 2006 November EC-653 2007 350Z

 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000HI

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-654 2007 350Z

 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

D
PBIB1080E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with E

CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G

PBIB0914E H

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. I
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor
J

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I K

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester. L
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIB0915E

Revision: 2006 November EC-655 2007 350Z

 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 103.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open between ECM and APP sensor

>> Repair open circuit.

7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
46 CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-388
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-399
64
EVT control position sensor (bank 2) terminal 1 EC-532
103 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-643
107 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-458
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-711

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .)
● Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection" .)
● EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-464, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-80, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

Revision: 2006 November EC-656 2007 350Z

 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

9. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following; EC
APP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 100.
APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 104,
Refer to Wiring Diagram. C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. E
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. F
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

1. Check harness continuity between the following;

ECM terminal 97 and APP sensor terminal 5, I
ECM terminal 98 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. J
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L

Check the following.

● Harness connectors E108, M15 M
● Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-658, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.

Revision: 2006 November EC-657 2007 350Z

 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

14. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS000HJ

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 97 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
97 Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

98 Fully released 0.15 - 0.60V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.40V
PBIB3582E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-77, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-77, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-77, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation NBS000HK

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-3, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-658 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 PFP:22693

A
Component Description NBS006V7

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec- EC
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar- D
bon density in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this PBIB3559E
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the E
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
F

H
PBIB3354E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000EF

I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1)
● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2V J
A/F SEN1 (B2)

On Board Diagnosis Logic NBS000EG

K
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be
shifted to LEAN side or RICH side.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause L
P2A00 ● The output voltage computed by ECM from the ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
2A00 A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side ● Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 for a specified period.
● Fuel pressure M
P2A03 circuit range/performance ● The output voltage computed by ECM from the
A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for ● Fuel injector
2A03
(Bank 2) a specified period. ● Intake air leaks

Revision: 2006 November EC-659 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

DTC Confirmation Procedure NBS000EH

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-665, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.

PBIB3501E

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)

4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST and make sure that DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
9. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
11. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-665, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-660 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

Wiring Diagram NBS000EI

BANK 1 A

EC

TBWT1632E

Revision: 2006 November EC-661 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
A/F sensor 1 heater
1 W/R ● Idle speed
(bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIB3538E

57 L A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] 1.8V
61 R A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-662 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

BANK 2
A

EC

TBWT1633E

Revision: 2006 November EC-663 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

2.9 - 8.8
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
A/F sensor 1 heater
5 GY/L ● Idle speed
(bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
PBIB3538E

65 PU A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2V

[Ignition switch: ON] 1.8V
66 LG A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) ● Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm fuel ratio.

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-664 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

Diagnostic Procedure NBS001NX

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB3560E
F
1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102
: Vehicle front

Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
H

K
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side L
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-665 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

2. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1

1. Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.

PBIB3517E

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)

: Vehicle front

Tightening torque: 50 N-m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.

Revision: 2006 November EC-666 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

4. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. E

H
PBIB3501E

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
I

4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. J
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION" . K
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? L
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-324, "DTC M
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" or EC-334, "DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2006 November EC-667 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

5. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.

PBIB3516E

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
: Vehicle front

3. Check harness connector for water.

Water should not exit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.

6. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

PBIB3308E

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● IPDM E/R harness connector E7
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-668 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

8. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
C
1 57
Bank1
2 61
1 65 D
Bank 2
2 66

Continuity should exist. E

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.

Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 57 1 65 G
2 61 2 66

Continuity should not exist. H

5. Also check harness for short to power.

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER J

Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
L
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.

11. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1.
CAUTION:
● Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> GO TO 12.

Revision: 2006 November EC-669 2007 350Z

 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1

12. CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 13.

13. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.

PBIB3501E

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)

4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION" .
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.

>> GO TO 14.

14. CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation NBS000EK

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-670 2007 350Z

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320

A
Component Description NBS000I9

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned

OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of EC
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-30, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)"
for the ASCD function.
C

PBIB1282E

E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000IA

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
● Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)
● Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully ON
BRAKE SW1 released (M/T) G
● Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
● Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: OFF
Slightly depressed (M/T) H

BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

● Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
I

Revision: 2006 November EC-671 2007 350Z

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Wiring Diagram NBS000IB

A/T MODELS

TBWT1675E

Revision: 2006 November EC-672 2007 350Z

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] C
0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
122 P/L Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) D
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
126 L/OR ASCD brake switch E
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)

Revision: 2006 November EC-673 2007 350Z

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

M/T MODELS

TBWT1676E

Revision: 2006 November EC-674 2007 350Z

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] C
0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
122 P/L Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) D
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly 0V
126 L/OR ASCD brake switch depressed E
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)
F
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000IC

A/T MODELS
G
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
I
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
J
Brake pedal: Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 126 and ground under the
following conditions.
L
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage M
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB3577E

Revision: 2006 November EC-675 2007 350Z

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

2. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1089E

4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0857E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E101
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 126 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-676 2007 350Z

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH A

Refer to EC-680, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
M/T MODELS
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I E

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
G
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released ON H

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 126 and ground under the
following conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE J
Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. L
PBIB3577E

Revision: 2006 November EC-677 2007 350Z

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

2. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1282E

4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0799E

3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1282E

4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0857E

Revision: 2006 November EC-678 2007 350Z

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E101
● 10A fuse EC
● Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-680, "Component Inspection" H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. I

7. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 126. K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
M
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E108, M15
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-680, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.

Revision: 2006 November EC-679 2007 350Z

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS000ID

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist

If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-7,

"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

SEC023D

ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH (M/T MODELS)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition Continuity
Clutch pedal: Fully released Should exist
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist

If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-5,

"CLUTCH PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

SEC024D

Revision: 2006 November EC-680 2007 350Z

 ASCD INDICATOR

ASCD INDICATOR PFP:24814

A
Component Description NBS000IE

ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE, SET,
and is integrated in combination meter. EC
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
C
● CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
● SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of
ASCD setting.
D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-30, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000IF E
Specification data are reference value.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
F
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP ● Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
● MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
G
SET LAMP ● When vehicle speed is between
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
(89MPH)
H

Revision: 2006 November EC-681 2007 350Z

 ASCD INDICATOR

Wiring Diagram NBS000IG

TBWT1677E

Revision: 2006 November EC-682 2007 350Z

 ASCD INDICATOR

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000IH

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.

ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
● MAIN switch: Pressed at the
CRUISE LAMP ● Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
1st time → at the 2nd time
C
● MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON

SET LAMP ● When vehicle speed is

between 40 km/h (25 MPH) ASCD: Not operating OFF
and 144 km/h (89 MPH) D
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
E
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK DTC
F
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. G
NG >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-151, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN
COMMUNICATION LINE" .
H
3. CHECK DTC WITH “UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.”
Refer to DI-47, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS" .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Go to DI-52, "DTC [B2202] Meter Communication Circuit" .
J
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K

>> INSPECTION END

L

Revision: 2006 November EC-683 2007 350Z

 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350

Description NBS000I6

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred
through the CAN communication line from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000I7

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch: ON and/
ON
or lighting switch: 2nd position
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch and light-
OFF
ing switch: OFF

● Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000I8

1. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition Indication
Rear window defogger switch: ON ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II

Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
Condition Indication
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 5.

3. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
Condition Indication
Heater fan: Operating ON
Heater fan: Not operating OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2006 November EC-684 2007 350Z

 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL

4. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM A

Refer to GW-56, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

5. CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM

C
Refer to LT-5, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" or LT-32, "HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYS-
TEM -" .
D
>> INSPECTION END

6. CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM E

Refer to ATC-33, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

>> INSPECTION END F

Revision: 2006 November EC-685 2007 350Z

 FUEL INJECTOR

FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600

Component Description NBS000HQ

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the fuel injection pulse
duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.

SEF375Z

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000HR

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-132, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INJ PULSE-B1 (M/T) position
INJ PULSE-B2 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load

Revision: 2006 November EC-686 2007 350Z

 FUEL INJECTOR

Wiring Diagram NBS000HS

EC

TBWT1678E

Revision: 2006 November EC-687 2007 350Z

 FUEL INJECTOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
81 R/B Fuel injector No. 3 idle.
82 L/R Fuel injector No. 6
PBIB3555E
85 BR Fuel injector No. 2
86 W/B Fuel injector No. 5 BATTERY VOLTAGE
89 G/Y Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14V)
90 Y/R Fuel injector No. 4
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3556E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000HT

1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clickng sound should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB3332E

Revision: 2006 November EC-688 2007 350Z

 FUEL INJECTOR

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
EC
1 : Ignition coil No.5 (with power transistor)
2 : Ignition col No.3 (with power transistor)
3 : Ignition coil No.1 (with power transistor)
C
4 : Condenser
5 : Fuel injector No.3
6 : Fuel injector No.1
D
7 : Fuel injector No.2
8 : Fuel injector No.4
PBIB3512E
9 : Ignition coil No.2 (with power transistor) E
10 : Ignition coil No.4 (with power transistor)
11 : Ignition coil No.6 (with power transistor)
12 : Fuel injector No.6 F
13 : Fuel injector No.5
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with G
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. I

PBIB0582E
J

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

K
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M72, F102
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M4 L
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 81, 82, 85, 86, 89, 90.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-689 2007 350Z

 FUEL INJECTOR

6. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EC-690, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection NBS000HU

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 11.1 - 14.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

PBIB1727E

Removal and Installation NBS000HV

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-34, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-690 2007 350Z

 FUEL PUMP

FUEL PUMP PFP:17042

A
Description NBS000HW

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage* C
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
D
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump E
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch: ON Operates for 1 second. F
Engine running or cranking Operates.
Engine: Stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
G
Except as shown above Stops.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
H
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
1 : Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
2 : Fuel pressure regulator
I
3 : Fuel tank temperature sensor

K
PBIB2707E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NBS000HX

Specification data are reference values. L

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON M
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF

Revision: 2006 November EC-691 2007 350Z

 FUEL PUMP

Wiring Diagram NBS000HY

TBWT1679E

Revision: 2006 November EC-692 2007 350Z

 FUEL PUMP

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] C
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
22 L/W Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON.
E
Diagnostic Procedure NBS000HZ

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed G
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
H
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB3524E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 22 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester. L

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB3583E

Revision: 2006 November EC-693 2007 350Z

 FUEL PUMP

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E8.
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 40 and ECM terminal 22.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 15.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E10, F1
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage should exist for 1 sec-
ond after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB0624E

6. CHECK 15A FUSE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse.
3. Check 15A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuse.

Revision: 2006 November EC-694 2007 350Z

 FUEL PUMP

7. CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E8.
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 39 and condenser terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 8. D

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. E
● Harness connectors E107, B3
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser
F

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground. H
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
I
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. J
NG >> GO TO 10

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

Check the following.
● Harness connectors B43, T1 (Coupe models)
L
● Harness connectors B39, D102 (Coupe models)
● Harness connectors B61, T23 (Roadster models)
● Harness for open or short between condenser and ground
M

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK CONDENSER

Refer to EC-697, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace condenser.

Revision: 2006 November EC-695 2007 350Z

 FUEL PUMP

12. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
2. Disconnect harness connectors E107, B3.
3. Check harness continuity between the following;
“fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1 and harness
connector B3 terminal 4,
“fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. PBIB1665E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connector B3
● Harness connectors B43, T1 (Coupe models)
● Harness connectors B39, D102 (Coupe models)
● Harness connectors B61, T23 (Roadster models)
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and harness connector B3
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-697, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-696 2007 350Z

 FUEL PUMP

Component Inspection NBS000I0

FUEL PUMP A
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3. EC

Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

C

SEC918C
E
CONDENSER
1. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
2. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2. F
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]

PBIB0794E
I
Removal and Installation NBS000I1

FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" . J

Revision: 2006 November EC-697 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448

Component Description NBS000HL

IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
1 : Ignition coil No.5 (with power transistor)
2 : Ignition col No.3 (with power transistor)
3 : Ignition coil No.1 (with power transistor)
4 : Condenser
5 : Fuel injector No.3
6 : Fuel injector No.1 PBIB3512E

7 : Fuel injector No.2

8 : Fuel injector No.4
9 : Ignition coil No.2 (with power transistor)
10 : Ignition coil No.4 (with power transistor)
11 : Ignition coil No.6 (with power transistor)
12 : Fuel injector No.6
13 : Fuel injector No.5

Revision: 2006 November EC-698 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

Wiring Diagram NBS000HM

EC

TBWT1680E

Revision: 2006 November EC-699 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
24 BR/Y
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
125 R Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

Revision: 2006 November EC-700 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

EC

TBWT1681E

Revision: 2006 November EC-701 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
12 LG/R Ignition signal No. 3 PBIB3543E
15 PU Ignition signal No. 5
20 Y/B Ignition signal No. 1 0.1 - 0.4V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3544E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Revision: 2006 November EC-702 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

EC

TBWT1682E

Revision: 2006 November EC-703 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
11 GY Ignition signal No. 4 PBIB3543E
16 G/B Ignition signal No. 2
19 L/R Ignition signal No. 6 0.1 - 0.4V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3544E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000HN

1. CHECK ENGINE START

Turn ignition switch OFF and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

Revision: 2006 November EC-704 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A

Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
EC
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 11, 12, 15, 16,
19, 20 and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below. C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
D

E
PBIB3584E

PBIB3543E

OK or NG F
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
G
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. H
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 125 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-142, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- J
CUIT" .

K
PBIB3585E

Revision: 2006 November EC-705 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
1 : Ignition coil No.5 (with power transistor)
2 : Ignition col No.3 (with power transistor)
3 : Ignition coil No.1 (with power transistor)
4 : Condenser
5 : Fuel injector No.3
6 : Fuel injector No.1
7 : Fuel injector No.2
8 : Fuel injector No.4
PBIB3512E
9 : Ignition coil No.2 (with power transistor)
10 : Ignition coil No.4 (with power transistor)
11 : Ignition coil No.6 (with power transistor)
12 : Fuel injector No.6
13 : Fuel injector No.5
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB0624E

6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 17 and condenser terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E12, F3
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-706 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

8. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D

9. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-708, "Component Inspection" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace condenser. F

10. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. H
1 : Ignition coil No.5 (with power transistor)
2 : Ignition col No.3 (with power transistor)
3 : Ignition coil No.1 (with power transistor) I
4 : Condenser
5 : Fuel injector No.3
6 : Fuel injector No.1
J
7 : Fuel injector No.2
8 : Fuel injector No.4
PBIB3512E K
9 : Ignition coil No.2 (with power transistor)
10 : Ignition coil No.4 (with power transistor)
11 : Ignition coil No.6 (with power transistor)
L
12 : Fuel injector No.6
13 : Fuel injector No.5

4. Turn ignition switch ON. M

5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0138E

Revision: 2006 November EC-707 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

11. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 11, 12, 15, 16, 19, 20 and ignition coil terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EC-708, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
Component Inspection NBS000HO

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 3
Except 0
2 and 3
4. If NG, Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. PBIB0847E

Revision: 2006 November EC-708 2007 350Z

 IGNITION SIGNAL

7. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.

NOTE: A
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
8. Start engine. EC
9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
11. Remove ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical
discharge from the ignition coils. PBIB2206E

12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be D

checked.
13. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. E
15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure. F
16. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded part.
Spark should be generated. G
CAUTION:
● Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock H
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage PBIB2325E
becomes 20kV or more.
● It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of 17 mm or more is taken. I
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
17. If NG, Replace ignition coil with power transistor. J

CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)] L

PBIB0794E

Removal and Installation NBS000HP

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EM-31, "IGNITION COIL" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-709 2007 350Z

 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136

Component Description NBS000I2

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
1 : Refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector

PBIB3514E

PBIB2657E

Revision: 2006 November EC-710 2007 350Z

 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Wiring Diagram NBS000I3

EC

TBWT1683E

Revision: 2006 November EC-711 2007 350Z

 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
105 L Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
Sensor power supply
111 OR (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
sor)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

116 W (Refrigerant pressure sen- ● Warm-up condition 0V
sor) ● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure NBS000I4

1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB3586E

Revision: 2006 November EC-712 2007 350Z

 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

Models with VDC system, navigation system or telephone
1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF.
2. Stop engine. EC
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" .
C

F
PBIB3560E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground B102

: Vehicle front G
Models without VDC system, navigation system and telephone
1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF. H
2. Stop engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-150, "Ground Inspection" . I

L
PBIB3561E

1. Body ground E17 2. Body ground E43 3. Body ground F152

(Passenger side view with dash side M
finisher removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

Revision: 2006 November EC-713 2007 350Z

 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

3. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector (1).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB3514E

3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1

and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0188E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E251, E31
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 116.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E251, E31
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November EC-714 2007 350Z

 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

7. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E251, E31 E
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

G
Refer to EC-141, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. H
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation NBS000I5

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR I

Refer to ATC-135, "Removal and Installation of Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" .
J

Revision: 2006 November EC-715 2007 350Z

 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814

Wiring Diagram NBS000II

TBWT1685E

Revision: 2006 November EC-716 2007 350Z

 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR

EC

TBWT1686E

Revision: 2006 November EC-717 2007 350Z

 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030

Fuel Pressure NBS000IJ

Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) Approximately 350 (3.57, 51)

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing NBS000IK

A/T No load* (in P or N position)

Target idle speed 650 ± 50 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
A/T In P or N position 650 rpm or more
Air conditioner: ON
M/T In Neutral position 800 rpm or more
A/T In P or N position
Ignition timing 15° ± 5° BTDC
M/T In Neutral position
*: Under the following conditions:
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value NBS000IL

Conditions Calculated load value % (Using CONSULT-III or GST)

At idle 5 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 5 - 35

Mass Air Flow Sensor NBS000IM

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

Output voltage at idle 0.8 - 1.1V*
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

Intake Air Temperature Sensor NBS000IN

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor NBS000IO

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater NBS000IP

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 1.8 - 2.44Ω

Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater NBS000IQ

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 3.4 - 4.4Ω

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) NBS000IR

Refer to EC-393, "Component Inspection" .

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) NBS000IS

Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .

Revision: 2006 November EC-718 2007 350Z

 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Throttle Control Motor NBS000IT

A
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω

Fuel Injector NBS000IU

EC
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 11.1 - 14.3Ω

Fuel Pump NBS000IV

C
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 0.2 - 5.0Ω

Revision: 2006 November EC-719 2007 350Z

 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Revision: 2006 November EC-720 2007 350Z